Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Gold / Medusa Mining Limited

Medusa Mining Limited

mml · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker mml
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Gold
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Medusa Mining Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
 
 
 
CONTENTS 

Contents  

Page number 

Results for announcement to the market (Appendix 4E) 

Corporate Directory 

Highlights of Financial Year 

Chairman’s Review 

Review of Operations 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Directors’ Report 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Statement of Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income 

Statement of Financial Position 

Statement of Changes in Equity 

Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Audit Report 

Additional Shareholder Information 

Tenement Schedule 

3 

4 

5 

7 

8 

49 

58 

75 

76 

77 

78 

79 

80 

115 

116 

119 

121 

Page 2 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS FOR ANNOUNCEMENT TO THE MARKET (APPENDIX 4E) 

Appendix 4E 

Preliminary final report  
Period ending 30 June 2015 

Name of entity 

MEDUSA MINING LIMITED 

ABN or equivalent company 
reference 

Half yearly 
(tick) 

Preliminary 
final (tick) 

Half year/ financial ended (“current period”) 

60 099 377 849   

        √  

30 June 2015 

Results for announcement to the market 

Revenues and profits: 

  US$’000 

US$’000 

Revenues from ordinary activities 

Up 46% 

84,196 

to   123,204  

Profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to members  down 806% 

30,871 

to  (218,109) 

Net profit for the period attributable to members 

down 806% 

30,871 

to  (218,109) 

(All comparisons to the  previous period  ended 30 June 2014) 

Dividends: 

Interim dividend 

Final dividend  

Total dividend paid for the year 

Amount per security 

Franked amount per security 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

No dividends were declared and paid for period ended 30 June 2015. 

Net tangible assets per share: 

The net tangible assets per share as at 30 June 2015 was US$0.909 (30 June 2014: US$2.055) 

Change in control of entities: 

There has been no change in control, either gained or loss during the current period. 

Associates and Joint Venture entities: 

The Consolidated Group did not have a holding in any associates or joint venture entities during the 
current period. 

Other information: 

This report is based on accounts which are audited. 

Except for matters noted above, all disclosure requirements pursuant to ASX Listing Rule 4.3A are 
contained within the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2015 
which accompany this report. 

Page 3 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE DIRECTORY 

DIRECTORS 

Andrew Boon San Teo 
Non-Executive Chairman 

Raul Conde Villanueva 
Executive Director 

Dr Robert Maurice Weinberg      
Non-Executive Director 

Ciceron Angeles  
Non-Executive Director 

Gary Raymond Powell  
Non-Executive Director 

COMPANY SECRETARY 

Peter Stanley Alphonso 

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT 

Geoffrey John Davis 
Chief Executive Officer 

Robert Gordon Gregory 
Chief Operating Officer 

Peter Stanley Alphonso 
Chief Financial Officer  

AUSTRALIAN BUSINESS NUMBER (ABN) 

60 099 377 849 

PRINCIPAL & REGISTERED OFFICE 

Suite 7, 11 Preston Street 
Como  WA  6152 

Postal address: 
PO Box 860 
Canning Bridge  WA  6153 

Telephone: + 618 9367 0601 
Facsimile:   + 618 9367 0602 
Email:         admin@medusamining.com.au 
Website:      www.medusamining.com.au 

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING 

Australian Stock Exchange Limited (ASX) 
Trading Code: MML 

AUDITORS 

Australia: 

Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd. 
Level 1 
10 Kings Park Road 
West Perth  WA  6005 

Philippines: 

RSB & Associates 
18 Floor Cityland Condominium 10 - Tower 1 
Makati City Philippines 1200 

SOLICITORS  

Australia: 

Ashurst Australia 
Level 32, Exchange Plaza  
2 The Esplanade 
Perth  WA  6000 

Philippines: 

BMD Law Offices 
18 Floor Cityland Condominium 10 - Tower 1 
Makati City Philippines 1200 

BANKERS 

Commonwealth Bank 
150 St George’s Terrace 
Perth  WA  6000 

SHARE REGISTRY 

Computershare Investor Services 
Level 11, Reserve Bank Building 
172 St George’s Terrace 
Perth  WA  6000 

Telephone: + 618 9323 2000 
Facsimile:   + 618 9323 2033 
Investor enquiries: 1300 557 010 

Shareholders who require information about their 
shareholdings,  dividend  payments  or  related 
administrative  matters  should  contact 
the 
Company’s share registry. 

Page 4 of 121 

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
HIGHLIGHTS OF FINANCIAL YEAR 

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR: 

Financials 

  Revenues of US$123.0 million compared to US$84.2 million for the previous year, an increase of 46%.  

Medusa is an un-hedged gold producer and received an average gold price of US$1,220 per ounce from the sale of 
97,200 ounces of gold for the year (2014: 65,943 ounces at US$1,299 per ounce); 

  Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”) of (US$186.8 million), and includes asset 
impairment  losses  totalling  US$259.6  million  (2014:  EBITDA  of  US$48.3  million),  a  decrease  in  EBITDA  of 
approximately 487%; 

  Basic  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  of  (US$1.050)  on  a  weighted  average  basis,  based  on  NPAT  of  (US$218.1 

million) (2014: EPS of US$0.154 based on NPAT of US$30.9 million), a decrease of 782%; 

  The Company had total cash and cash equivalent in gold on metal account of US$14.6 million at year end (2014: 

US$13.68 million); 

Description 

Revenues  
EBITDA (1) 
NPAT (1) 

EPS (basic) 

Unit 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

30 June 2015 

30 June 2014 

Variance 

US$123.0M 

US$84.2M 

US$38.8M 

(%) 

46% 

(US$186.8M) 

(US$218.1M) 

US$48.3M 

(US$235.1M) 

(487%) 

US$30.9M 

(US$249.0M) 

(806%) 

(US$1.050) 

US$0.154 

(US$1.204) 

(782%) 

(1) includes asset impairment losses totalling US$259.6 million 

  Depreciation of fixed assets and amortisation of capitalised mine development and mine exploration was US$31.7 

million (2014: US$17.5 million); 

  US$11.2 million was expended on capital works associated with the new mill construction and infrastructure, mine 

expansion and sustaining capital at the mine and mill (2014: US$23.6 million). 

  Exploration expenditure, inclusive of underground diamond drilling was US$11.3 million  (2014: US$15.8 million) 

  Capitalised mine development costs totalled US$37.7 million for the year (2014: US$36.3 million); 

Operations 

Description 

Tonnes mined 

Ore milled 

Head grade 

Recovery 

Gold produced 
Cash costs (1) 

Unit 

WMT 

DMT 

gpt 

% 

ounces 

US$/oz 

30 June 2015 

 30 June 2014 

659,495 

582,311 

 5.61 

93% 

98,359 

 $385 

521,899  

 460,004 

 4.76 

 85% 

 59,904 

 $418 

(1)  Net of development costs and includes royalties and local business taxes but no by-product credits 

  The Company produced 98,359 ounces of gold for the year, compared to the previous year’s gold production of 

59,904 ounces, at an average recovered grade of 5.61 g/t gold (2014: 4.76 g/t gold);  

  The average cash cost for the year of US$385 per ounce, was marginally lower than the previous year’s average 

cash costs of US$418 per ounce. 

Production Guidance to 30 June 2016 

The production guidance for the fiscal year to 30 June 2016 is expected to be between 120,000 to 130,000 ounces.  

Page 5 of 121 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
HIGHLIGHTS OF FINANCIAL YEAR 

Reserves and Resources 

New Resource and Reserve estimates for 2015 have been reported in accordance with JORC 2012 during September 
2015 and are included in this report.  

Exploration 
Budgeted exploration, inclusive of underground diamond drilling for fiscal year 2016 of US$11 million (2015 FY 
actual: US$11.3 million); 

Corporate 

Resignation of Managing Director 

On 19 August 2014, Mr Peter Hepburn-Brown tendered his resignation as Managing Director and as a Board member 
of Medusa. 

Appointment of Interim Chief Executive Officer 

Mr Geoffrey Davis agreed to the role of Chief Executive Officer for an interim period following the resignation of Peter 
Hepburn-Brown and officially commenced his interim role on 1 September 2014. 

Dividend: 

No dividends were declared nor paid during the year. 

Page 6 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S REVIEW 

Dear Shareholders, 

I am pleased to report that the Company produced 98,359 ounces of gold for the year ended 30 June 2015, 
which was well within the production guidance for the year. This was our first full year of production since the 
new mill was eventually commissioned in the March 2014 quarter and the increased production was attained 
via a combination of the following factors: 

 

 

 

 

 

Improved mine tonnage from efficiencies and shaft hoisting upgrades; 

Improved mine grades from the reduction of dilution;  

Improved mine stope designs and contract mining arrangements; 

Improved geological understanding and control; and 

Improved mill recoveries. 

For the current financial year we have provided production guidance of between 120,000 to 130,000 ounces 
of gold. 

With  a  view  towards  improving  our  ore  hoisting  systems  for  the  future,  the  Board  in  April  approved  the 
construction of a Service Shaft to Level 8 which we anticipate will greatly improve the efficiency of the Co-O 
Mine  with respect to the  transport of men and materials, supervision, safety and ore hoisting. This Service 
Shaft, due for completion  around mid-2016,  will be  dedicated to the movement of men and materials, thus 
freeing up the L8 Shaft which will then be used solely for hoisting of ore and waste.   

Looking further ahead, we are also undertaking an extensive underground drilling programme to determine 
future hoisting requirements for the mine as the mineralised bodies continue to depths of around 750 metres 
below surface where they are currently only sparsely drilled, but with encouraging results so far. 

The  year  just  completed  was  the  first  full  year  under  the  new  JORC  2012  standards  for  resources  and 
reserves.  Whilst  our  resources  suffered  under  the  new  guidelines  (like  many  other  companies),  we  have 
managed  for  the  last  7  years  to  maintain  our  annual  reserves  figure  at  around  450-500,000  ounces  mark, 
and  are  confident  this  trend  will  continue.  The  annual  replacement  of  the  mined  reserves  through  the 
conversion  of  resources  to  reserves,  and  the  addition  of  new  resources  is  typical  for  underground  narrow 
vein  gold  mines,  and  underground  nickel  sulphide,  copper-lead-zinc  and  many  other  underground  mining 
situations. 

Outside of Co-O in this current  year, we anticipate a new resource estimate soon for the Company’s other 
major  asset,  the  Bananghilig  (or  B1)  Deposit,  following  which  mining  studies  will  commence.  We  are  also 
programming our first scout drilling on another promising prospect about 7 kilometres south of Bananghilig, 
called Guinhalinan.   

Our safety statistics for the year are at the lower end of the scale in terms of comparison with other mining 
jurisdictions. This is particularly pleasing as Co-O is a labour intensive mine, however we are always vigilant 
in making sure we provide as safe a working environment for our employees and contractors as possible.  

We continue to provide a wide range of educational programmes for a large number of students and other 
services for our host communities, as well as regularly engaging them through on-site meetings and tours of 
our operations. Their input is always welcome. 

On the financial side, the Company on 27 August 2015 reported a statutory after tax loss of US$218.1 million 
which included asset impairment losses of approximately US$260 million. Whilst it is never  good to report 
losses  per  se,  it  is  very  important  to  note  that  this  impairment  loss  is  essentially  a  non-cash  charge  to  the 
accounts, done in accordance with Accounting Standards and has no effect whatsoever on the Company’s 
operations and in particular the resources and reserves of the Co-O Mine going forward. On a positive note, 
the impairment will decrease future depreciation and amortisation charges. 

The underlying operating result of the Company for the year was actually a profit amount of US$41.5 million 
(after taking out the impairment charge of US$260 million) which was higher than the previous year’s profit 
result of US$30.9 million.  
In closing, I wish to express my appreciation for the efforts of our dedicated Filipino team, my fellow Directors 
and our Perth office staff for a successful production year. 

Page 7 of 121 

 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Contents of Review of Operations 

Page 
number 

Highlights 

Co-O Project 

-  Co-O Gold Production 

-  Co-O Mill  

-  Co-O Mine  

-  Co-O Mine Operations 

-  Co-O Mine Geology 

-  Group Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources 

-  Co-O Mine Mineral Resources 

-  Co-O Mine Ore Reserves 

-  Co-O Exploration 

Tambis Project 

-  Bananghilig (B1) Gold Deposit 

-  B2 Discovery Area 

-  Guinhalinan Gold Prospect 

Lingig Copper Project 

Saugon Gold Deposit  

Apical Project 

Corplex Project 

Usa Porphyry Copper-Gold Project 

Coal Project 

Tenements and Exploration Pipeline 

Sustainability 

-  Health and Safety 

-  Environmental Management and Monitoring 

-  Workforce 

-  Community Participation, Programmes and Benefits 

Philippine Government 

-  Executive Order on Mining in the Philippines 

-  Executive Order on Extractive Industries Transparency in the Philippines 

JORC 2012 Compliance - Consents of Competent Persons 

9 

14 

14 

14 

15 

16 

21 

24 

25 

28 

30 

32 

32 

33 

34 

36 

37 

37 

37 

38 

38 

39 

40 

40 

41 

43 

44 

47 

47 

47 

48 

Tenement Schedule 

121 

Page 8 of 121 

 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

HIGHLIGHTS 

“The  Company  achieved  production  of  98,359  ounces  within 
guidance  of  95-100,000  ounces  for  the  FY  ending  30  June  2015, 
and  has  provided  guidance  of  120-130,000  ounces  for  FY  2015-
16.” 

“The  Company  has  also  maintained  its  ore  reserves  at  427,000 
ounces,  after  mining  depletion,  compared  to  FY2014  reserve 
ounces of 446,000 ounces”. 

Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves: 
Table I. Group Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves as at 30 June 2015 
Deposit 

Category 

Tonnes 
(million) 

MINERAL RESOURCES 1,2 
Co-O Resources 1 

Indicated 

(JORC Code 2012) 

Inferred  

Total Co-O Resources 

Indicated & Inferred 

Bananghilig Resources 2 
(JORC Code 2004) 

Indicated  

Inferred 

Total Bananghilig Resources 

Indicated & Inferred 

Saugon Resources 2 

Indicated  

1.55 

1.96 

3.50 

16.06 

8.46 

24.52 

0.05 

(JORC Code 2004) 

Inferred 

          0.03 

Total Saugon Resources 

Indicated & Inferred 

Total Resources 

Total Resources 

Indicated 

Inferred 

TOTAL RESOURCES 

Indicated & Inferred 

ORE RESERVES 1 
Co-O Reserves 1 

TOTAL RESERVES 

Notes: 

Probable 

Probable 

0.08 

17.65 

10.45 

28.16 

1.81 

1.81 

Grade 
(g/t gold) 

Gold Ounces 
(million) 

12.2 

8.6 

10.2 

1.5 

1.4 

1.4 

     7.0 

     4.6 

6.0 

2.4 

2.7 

2.6 

7.3 

7.3 

0.60 

0.55 

1.15 

0.77 

0.37 

1.14 

0.01 

0.01 

0.02 

1.38 

0.92 

2.30 

0.43 

0.43 

1 
2 
3 

4 

Mineral resources are reported inclusive or ore resources. 
Co-O mineral resources and ore reserves estimated under guideline of JORC Code 2012. 
Bananghilig and Saugon Mineral Resources were previously prepared and first disclosed under the JORC Code 2004, and have not been updated 
to comply with JORC Code 2012 on the basis that the information has not materially changed since it was last reported (08 August 2013). 
Rounding of data may result in some apparent discrepancies in totals. 

Mineral Resources: 

Co-O: 
-  a minimum lower cut-off of 3.2 gram*metres/tonne accumulation, which incorporates a minimum mining width above cut-off grade; 
-  various upper cut-off grades up to 300 g/t gold have been applied to different veins, and 
-  a gold price of US$1,500 has been applied 
Bananghilig: 
-  a lower cut-off grade of 0.8 g/t gold has been applied, and various upper cuts 
Saugon: 
-  a lower cut-off grade of 2.0 g/t gold has been applied  

Ore Reserves: 

Ore Reserves are a subset of Mineral Resources, and includes recoverable pillars, broken ore and ROM stockpiles. 
Co-O: 

Page 9 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

-  minimum mining widths of 1.25 metres (stopes ≥50°) and 1.5 metres (stopes <50°) have been applied, and where the vein width was equal to, or 

greater than the minimum mining width, an extra 0.25 metres dilution was added to the hangingwall.  

-  a further 10% dilution has been allowed for slabbing in mining of low angle stopes under draw, 
-  A 30% dilution was added to stopes on Levels 4 and 5 to allow for discontinuities, 
-  shape dilution of 5% of extra tonnage at 2 g/t gold, for extra development and to reflect pinch and swell of veins,  
-  85% mining recovery for stopes < 10 g/t gold,  
-  90% mining recovery for stopes ≥10 g/t gold,  
-  25% recovery factor for sill pillars in empty stopes are included in reserve at a grade of 7g/t gold, to reflect current selective mining practice,  
-  30% recovery factor has been applied to remnant ore, at their respective stope grades, 
-  a cut-off grade of 2.0 g/t gold has been applied for development ore, 
-  a cut-off grade of 3.8 g/t gold has been applied to developed stopes, 
-  a cut-off grade of 4.5 g/t gold has been applied to un-developed stopes, 
-  a gold price of US$1,150 per ounce has been applied. 

 Co-O Operations:  

  Annual production of 98,359 ounces of gold at a cash cost of US$385 per ounce; 

  The new CIL mill operated satisfactorily for the full year with recovery averaging 93%; 

  The  L8  Shaft  hoisting  capacity  was  increased  in  January  2015  to  60,000  dry  tonnes  per 

month: 

 Extensive additional development was commenced in January 2015 on Level 8 to provide 

additional stopes to meet the increased haulage capacity; 

 Improvements  in  the  transporting  of  ore  to  the  shaft  are  in  progress  through  de-bottle 

necking and increased transporting capacity;  

  The  Service  Shaft  to  Level  8  was  approved  and  commenced  in  April  2015  with  an 

approximate cost of US$10 million. It will: 

  Move all men and materials in and out of the mine, and  

  Free up the L8 Shaft to hoist rock only, increasing its capacity to 1,700 tonnes per day. 

  Changes to stope designs and protocols and contract payment systems are reducing dilution 

and improving stope grades and safety; and 

  Development of Levels 9 and 10 is underway. 

Tambis Region - Bananghilig Deposit and Guinhalinan: 

  A  complete  re-logging  of  all  diamond  drill  holes  in  conjunction  with  detailed  underground 
mapping  is  close  to  being  completed,  resulting  in  improved  interpretations  of  mineralisation 
types and structural domains;   

  The  current  resource  is  anticipated  to  be  updated  to  JORC  2012  compliance  by  end 

December 2015; 

  Field work advancing the prospective Guinhalinan Prospect. 

SUMMARY OF EXPLORATION ACTIVITIES  

Co-O MINE 

  Underground  drilling  primarily  focussed  on  upgrading  Inferred  Resources  to  the  Indicated 
category, with lesser amounts of drilling aimed at delineating additional resources peripheral to 
current mining operations; and 

  Preparations are advanced for a major ‘deeps’ drilling programme to commence from Level 8 to 

delineate down-plunge extensions to the resources, primarily between Levels 8-16. 

Page 10 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Co-O REGIONAL 

  Induced  Polarization,  Resistivity  and  Ground  Magnetics  surveys  were  completed  and 

preliminary evaluation carried out; and 

  Surface  work  outside  of  Co-O  Mine  environs  concentrated  on  the  Road  17  West  veins  and 

South Agsao areas with minor work on the North Tinago veins.  

BANANGHILIG DEPOSIT 

  Surface and underground detailed mapping to link surface and underground observations with 

drill hole interpretations were undertaken. 

GUINHALINAN PROSPECT 

  Extensive corridor of high-order ‘gold in soil’ anomalies outlined over approxiamtely 5 kilometres 

of strike, and 

  Mapping  continues  to  establish  strike  continuity  of  silica-gold  ‘carbonate  replacement’  style  of 

mineralisation in stratabound calcareous horizons over at least 1.8 kilometres to date. 

COAL PROJECT 

  Two  Coal  Operating  Contracts  awarded  in  December  2014,  with  scout  drilling  to  commence 

during the December 2015 quarter; and  

  Surface  mapping  identified  several  shallow-dipping  zones  of  multiple  sub-bituminous  coal 

seams up to 2.3 metres thick, and strike lengths of up to 3 km. 

The Company has reduced its exploration area to approximately 596 
square kilometres. 

Page 11 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Figure 1:  Location diagram of the Company’s main project areas in relation to the significantly mineralised belts of the Philippines as at 2014. 

Page 12 of 121 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Figure 2:  Eastern Mindanao tenement location plan, showing consolidated tenement outlines, mines, deposits and prospects. 

Page 13 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Co-O PROJECT 

The Co-O Gold Mine (Figs 1 and 2) is operated by Philsaga Mining Corporation under Mineral Production Sharing 
Agreement (“MPSA”) 262-2008-XIII, which covers 2,539 hectares. 

Co-O GOLD PRODUCTION 

“The Co-O Mine produced 98,359 ounces of gold during the year at cash 

cost of US$385 per ounce” 

Table II. Co-O gold production statistics for financial years ended 30 June 2014 and 2015. 

Period 

Tonnes mined   

Ore milled 

Head grade 

Recovery 

Gold produced   

Cash costs (1) 

Gold sold 

Average gold price received 

Unit 

wet tonnes 

dry tonnes 

gpt 

% 

ounces 

US$ 

ounces 

US$ 

Year ended                         
30 June 2015 

Year ended                         
30 June 2014 

659,495 

582,311 

5.61 

93% 

98,359 

$385 

97,200 

$1,220 

521,899 

460,004 

4.76 

85% 

59,904 

$418 

65,943 

$1,299 

Note: 
(1)  Net of development costs and includes royalties and local business taxes but no by-product credits 

The Co-O Mine produced 98,359 ounces of gold at an average recovered grade of 5.61 g/t gold for the year, compared 
to the previous year’s gold production of 59,904 ounces of gold at an average recovered grade of 4.76 g/t gold. 

The  average  cash  cost  for  the  year  of  US$385  per  ounce,  was  lower  than  the  previous  year’s  average  cash  costs  of 
US$418 per ounce due primarily to the increased ounces, improved mine productivity, and improved mill recoveries.  

FY2015-16 Production Guidance 

The Co-O Mine guidance for 2015-16 financial year is 120,000 to 130,000 ounces. 

The  AISC  guidance  will  remain  at  an  elevated  level  until  all  mine  medium  term  waste  infrastructure  projects  are 
completed  and  the  cost  efficiencies  they  produce  materialise.    In  the  longer  term,  once  full  hoisting  capacities  are 
achieved in the mine, the AISC should lower to competitive industry levels.  

Co-O MILL  

Following  commissioning  of  the  Co-O  Mill  in  the  March  quarter  of  2014,  during  the  FY2015  the  mill  has  improved 
recoveries from 85% to 93-94%, completed all major capital works and has performed satisfactorily as shown in Graph 1. 
The low utilisation in December 2014 /January 2015 was due to the L8 Shaft upgrade.  

The mill will likely remain under-utilized at the current lower gold prices as the mine concentrates on producing profitable 
ounces  by  adjusting cut-off  grades  accordingly.  Medusa  is  in  the  fortunate position of  being  able  to  take  advantage of 
increasing gold price and/or reduced operating cost to increase tonnages to the mill without further capital outlay.  

A  new  tailings  storage  facility  is  currently  being  constructed  and  will  be  completed  in  Q1  FY2016.    This  will  provide 
storage capacity for at least 4 years at full mill capacity. 

Page 14 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Graph 1 showing the mill utilization and recoveries for the FY 2015. 

Co-O MINE  

The Co-O Mine is an underground rail mine, utilising battery powered electric locomotives and 1.2 tonne mine cars. Ore 
and waste is mined using air-leg mining and is extracted from  the mine  via two horizontal  portals (Marathon and Main 
Adits),  four  inclined  60º  internal  shafts  (8E,  3W,  7W  and  10W  shafts),  two  vertical  external  shafts  (Ventilation  and  L8 
Shafts)  and  two  inclined  external  shafts  (Agsao  and  Baguio  shafts)  as  shown  on  Figure  5.  Waste  is  used  to  backfill 
empty stopes wherever possible to reduce hoisting to the surface. 

In  September  2014  a  major  review  of  the  mine  commenced  which  resulted  in  a  number  of  changes  as  summarised 
below: 

  Reduce dilution by changing stope designs and protocols and change payment systems for contract mining; 

  Complete the upgrade to the L8 Shaft capacity over the December 2014-January 2015 period to 1,400 tpd; 

  Complete the planning of the Service Shaft and commence construction as soon as possible; 

 

Improve  mine  support  services  such  as  mine  planning,  geological  functions,  engineering,  mechanical  and 
electrical services; 

 

Improve the ventilation and pumping systems; and 

  Plan the long term shaft haulage. 

The  mine  now  has  the  flexibility  to  adjust  cut-off  grades  as  required  according  to  the  gold  price  so  it  can  continue 
producing profitable ounces. Stope panels that are below cut-off grade, mainly in the upper levels of the mine, will not be 
extracted at present. This may result in less tonnes, but more profitable ounces as costs are reduced in line with reduced 
tonnes mined and milled. Should the gold price increase in the future, the cut-off grade will  be decreased and the un-
mined stopes can be readily mined as development drives are already in place. 

The milestones with respect to cost reductions over the 2015-16 FY are anticipated to be: 

  Completion of the new ventilation system in the December quarter 2015 which will reduce power consumption;  

  Completion and operation of the Service Shaft mid-CY 2016 which will vastly improve mine supervision, access 
for men and materials as well as health and safety aspects of the operation. Once operational, the L8 Shaft will 
be used exclusively for lower levels ore hoisting, increasing its capacity to 1700 tpd;  

  Steady state stope inventories following build up in 2014-15 FY; and 

 

Improved primary ventilation increasing efficiencies and reducing electrical costs. 

Page 15 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Co-O MINE OPERATIONS  

Stoping methods 

Two mining methods are currently utilised at the Co-O Mine: 

  Figure 3:   Schematic diagram of a shrink stope. 

Figure 4:   Schematic diagram of a room and pillar (slot) stope. 

(i) 

Shrink stope mining  

This method is predominantly used on steeply dipping veins with a minimum mining width of 1.25 metres. (Fig. 3) 
Mining  commences from  the bottom  and progresses  upwards  and the broken ore is  left  in  the  stope  to provide 
ground  support.    The  volume  of  ore  expands  after  blasting  by  about  30%  and  this  material  needs  to  be 
progressively drawn from the stope during operation. Once blasting has reached the crown pillar, the remaining 
70% of ore can be drawn quickly at low cost.   

(ii) 

Room and pillar (slot) mining  

This method is used on the low-angle veins where the ore would not naturally flow to the draw points. (Fig. 4).The 
broken ore needs to be scraped to the haulage level by mechanical slushers, and pillars need to be left behind for 
ground support. The minimum mining width for low angle veins  is 1.5 metres, hence the higher dilution is partly 
responsible  for  the  overall  lower  than  average  grade  achieved  from  the  upper  parts  of  the  mine  where  the  low 
angle veins are prominent. The ratio of room and pillar stopes to shrink stopes will likely decrease with depth. 

New  stope  protocols  and  a  new  contract  mining  payment  system  were  introduced  in  the  December  2014  quarter  to 
promote  better  mining  practices.  The  effects  of  these  measures  are  shown  on  Graph  2  where  the  dilution  has  been 
reduced as shown by rising grades, and the broken ore inventory in the stopes has been replenished. The replenishment 
of inventory has resulted in short term higher costs and will reduce once steady state conditions are maintained. 

Page 16 of 121 

 
 
          
             
 
      
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Graph 2 showing the increases in stope broken ore inventories and the stope drawn grades. 

Development 

Development and stoping continued on all levels (Levels 1 to 8) during the year, as well as winzing (sinking a sub-vertical 
shaft, called a winze, to a lower level) down to Levels 9 and 10 to establish internal shaft haulage to these levels where 
horizontal  on-vein  development  has  recently  commenced.  Nearly  all  development  is  conducted  on  ore  with  waste 
development being confined to ventilation raises, internal shafts and incidental infrastructure. 

A total of 21,150 metres of horizontal and vertical development was completed in FY15. Currently the mine production is 
achieved from approximately 60 development headings and approximately 100  to 110 stopes at an approximate 50:50 
ratio. 

L8 Shaft 

The  L8  Shaft  continues  to  operate  satisfactorily  since  the  upgrade  was  completed  in  January  2015.  However  the 
increased movement of materials, required for greater production from the lower levels, competes with skip ore hoisting 
time.  This  will  continue  until  such  time  as  the  construction  of  the  Service  Shaft  is  completed,  commissioned  and 
operational. The additional hoisting capacity to 1700 tpd will be fully utilised regardless of increased cut-off grade due to 
the centre of gravity of the mine operations moving downwards. The Level 8 Shaft hoisted 53% of total production for the 
June quarter and this percentage will rise over time. 

The current haulage capacity following the L8 Shaft upgrade is shown in Figure 5.   

Page 17 of 121 

 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Figure 5: 

 Co-O Mine current haulage capacity. 

Primary Ventilation 

The  primary  ventilation  circuit  is  being  upgraded  by  installing  a  parallel  85kW  Axial  Fan  adjacent  to  the 
existing  sole  85kW  Axial  Fan.    A  new  225kW  Centrifugal  Fan  has  been  ordered  and  will  be  delivered  Q4 
CY2015.    This  fan  will  provide  for  a  separate  ventilation  district  for  levels  6  –  10,  increasing  the  overall 
volume of air flow through the mine by 300%.  The increased airflow will allow greater worker efficiency and 
reduce  the  use  of  secondary  ventilation  by  compressed  air,  hence  reducing  electrical  demand  on 
compressors.   

Service Shaft 

A  Service  Shaft  for  transporting  men  and  materials  to  Levels  3  to  8  is  progressing  on  schedule  as  shown 
schematically on Figure 6.  
The  Alimak  (i)  (2  metres  x  2  metres)  raise  has  completed  250  metres  of  the  350  metres  from  Level  8  up  to 
Level 3 where a new Alimak nest (ii) has been excavated at Level 3, and will continue for 50 metres to Level 2. 

The shaft collar has been concreted and a blind sink of 83 metres to Level 2 will be undertaken using a crane 
and kibble(iii) as shown in the photo following Figure 7.  

The  shaft  headframe,  main  winder  and  sinking  equipment  are  scheduled  to  arrive  during  the  last  quarter  of 
2015 and once installed, a sinking stage will be used to widen the shaft to its final dimensions (3.2 metres x 
3.65  metres)  (iv)  from  Level  1  to  Level  8.  Installation  of  ground  support  to  the  walls  and  equipping  the  level 
accesses between Levels 3 to 8 will be done simultaneously. The rope guided man-cage is scheduled to be 
installed in the second quarter CY2016.  

On commissioning, all men and material movement will be transferred to the Service Shaft from the L8 Shaft, 
and the latter will then be used exclusively to hoist ore, to attain its planned capacity of 1,700 tonnes per day. 

Figure 7 shows the haulage capacity post completion of the Service Shaft. 

Page 18 of 121 

 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Figure 6: 

 Schematic representation of Service Shaft progress.  

Notes: 

1.  Alimak  Raise  -  a  climbing  platform  that  provides  miners  a  safe  and  efficient  method  to  construct  long  vertical  raises.  A  cage 
climbs a vertical raise fastened to the wall of the rise. The miners stand atop of the cage to drill the face, and the cage retreats to 
a nest at the bottom of the raise during blasting; 

2.  Alimak Nest - where the Alimak retreats to when blasting; 

3.  Kibble - an engineered sinking bucket for lowering men and materials as well as hoisting broken rock; 

4.  The final dimensions have been chosen to allow a locomotive/mine car to be lowered intact, where currently they need to be dis-

assembled to be lowered down the L8 shaft. 

Page 19 of 121 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Figure 7: 

 Co-O Mine post –Service Shaft haulage capacity 

Photo of Service Shaft collar currently being excavated. 

Page 20 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Co-O MINE GEOLOGY  

Detailed  discussions  and  interpretations  of  the  Co-O  Mine  geology  and  mineralisation  were  initially  reported  on  14 
August 2012 and are also contained, with plans and sections, in the 2012, 2013 and 2014 Annual Reports.  

During  the  past  12  months,  the  Company  has  embarked  on  an  intensive  review  of  the  Co-O  Mine  geology,  including 
identification of structures and mineralisation  

The key points from the extensive review, re-interpretations and re-modelling of the underground geology of the Co-O 
Mine over the last 2 years are: 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

(v) 

(vi) 

The 3 main veins, Central, Jereme and GHV are continuous over a strike length of at least 1.5 kilometres, and are 
open at depth to the east. For simplicity, Figure 8 shows only the GHV Vein resource model. 

The horizontal length of the best mineralised core of the vein system is approximately 800 metres, and this core 
plunges to the east at approximately 30°, as depicted on  Figure 8. Economic mineralisation does occur outside 
the core zone, but is less consistent. 

The Co-O diatreme breccia disrupts the up-dip sections of some of the north dipping vein mineralisation in some 
down-plunge positions (Fig. 9). In addition a consistent shatter zone, which is approximately 50-100 metres wide, 
has now been identified peripheral to the diatreme, within which the veins’ continuity and characteristics become 
less consistent and are generally not economic to mine.  

Proximal  to  the  eastern  part  of  the  Co-O  vein  system,  the  near  surface  underside  of  the  diatreme  and  shatter 
zone’s flare dips shallowly at approximately 10° to the south, and becomes steeper to approximately 50° dip with 
increasing depth,  diverging  away  from  the  north-dipping  veins, and hence  the  veins  are interpreted  to  be  open 
down-plunge, beneath the flare of the diatreme (Fig 9). 

Some resource blocks currently extend (and are open) to beyond Level 12 (550 metres below Level 1). Additional 
deep  capacity  drilling  rigs  are  currently  being  acquired  and  will  utilised  to  test  the  depth  extensions  to 
mineralisation from drill chambers on Level 8  by drilling out the zone between Levels 12 and 16 to support the 
case for an L16 Shaft to Level 16 (750 metres below Level 1). 

Comparison  with  other  similar  epithermal  vein  systems,  such  as  the  Vera  Nancy  system  in  North  Queensland, 
currently  being  mined  by  Evolution  Mining  Limited,  shows  noteworthy  similarities  as  shown  in  Figure  10.  The 
Vera Nancy system has a 4 kilometre strike length (Co-O has so far been mined over 1.5 kilometres), a similar 
shallow plunge to its mineralisation, and a similar vertical extent of economic mineralisation. 

Page 21 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

 Figure 8: 

  Co-O Mine composite longitudinal projection showing the locations of reported significant drill intercepts (since 2010), underground  
  development, Service Shaft, proposed L16 position, and locations of drill chambers planned for 2015-2017 resource drilling programme.   The 
  GHV Vein resource model (red) is also shown, demonstrating the potential for down-plunge extensions at depth. 

Page 22 of 121 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

       Figure 9:     Cross-section through the L16 position 

Page 23 of 121 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

  Figure 10:   Longitudinal projection showing the Co-O vein system with the superimposed Vera Nancy vein system 

GROUP ORE RESERVES AND MINERAL RESOURCES  

The Annual Mineral Resources Update Statement and Annual Ore Reserves Update Statements for the Company were 
released on 4 September 2015 and 25 September 2015 respectively, and include Material Information for the individual 
deposits, including a Material Information Summary pursuant to ASX Listing Rules 5.8 and 5.9 and the Assessment and 
Reporting Criteria in accordance with the Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and 
Ore Reserves (the “JORC Code 2012”). 

The Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves Statements have been prepared in accordance with the JORC Code 2012 for 
the  Co-O  Mine,  whereas  the Bananghilig  and  Saugon  Mineral  Resources  were  prepared  and  first disclosed  under  the 
JORC Code 2004 and have not been updated to comply with the JORC Code 2012 on the basis that the information has 
not materially changed since they were last reported. 

The  Company  conducts  regular  internal  and  external  reviews  of  Mineral  Resource  and  Ore  Reserve  estimation 
procedures to validate the quality and integrity of these procedures. External consultants are also regularly contracted to 
conduct  independent  reviews  of  Mineral  Resource  and  Ore  Reserve  estimation  procedures  and  results.  The  reviews 
have not identified any material issues with these procedures or results. 

The Co-O Mine has a long history of Ore Reserve replacement by way of diamond drilling and conversion of Indicated 
Resources  (Graph  3).  The  Company  remains  confident  in  the  long-term  future  of  the  Co-O  Mine  given  the  current 
Mineral Resource inventory, the nature of the geology and the historic high conversion rate (~70%), after allowance for 
mining recovery, of Indicated Mineral Resources to Ore Reserves. The Co-O Mine continues to maintain a minimum 2.5-
year mine plan, for Indicated Resource, but well in excess of a 5-year life, considering the resource endowment. This is 
typical of the way these types of narrow vein, high-grade gold mines have operated for many years. 

Page 24 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Assumptions 

Mineral Resources are reported inclusive of Ore Reserves and includes all exploration and resource definition drilling 
information up to 31 May 2015, and has been depleted for mining to  30 June 2015. Gold price assumptions used to 
estimate Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves are:  

  Mineral Resources:  US$1,500/oz gold 
US$1,150/oz gold 
 

Ore Reserves: 

 Graph 3  showing Production, Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources status since 2007, demonstrating the Co-O Mine’s history of increasing resources 

and replacing mine depletion. 

NOTES:  FY2007 to FY2013 – Ore Reserve ounces are classified under JORC Code 2004 guidelines.  

FY2014, & FY2015 – Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve ounces are classified under JORC Code 2012 guidelines. 

FY2015 reserves estimated using gold price of $1150/oz (FY2014 reserves at $1250/oz). 

Co-O MINE MINERAL RESOURCES  

Total  Inferred  and  Indicated  Mineral  Resources  for  the  Co-O  Mine  are  now  estimated  at  3.50  million  tonnes  at  an 
average grade of 10.2 g/t gold for a total 1.15 million ounces gold, compared to the estimate reported on  25 September 
2014 of 4.34 million tonnes at a grade of 10.1 g/t gold for a total 1.41 million ounces gold (Table III). 

The  changes  in  the  Co-O  Mine’s  Mineral  Resources  are  primarily  due  to  mining  depletion,  inclusion  of  further 
underground  drilling  results  and  development,  reduction  of  some  interpreted  vein  thicknesses  at  depth,  addition  of  a 
higher proportion of internal waste to reflect the discontinuous nature of some veins, application of a revised lower cut-off 
grade,  using  an  accumulation  of  3.2  gram*metres/tonne  to  incorporate  a  minimum  mining  width  above  cut-off  grade, 
improved survey practices, resulting in better stope definition, and  revision of availability of in-situ pillars due to mining 
access.  

Despite the mining depletion of 105,000 ounces in FY2015, the amount of ounces in the Indicated Resource category 
remains largely unchanged, at a slightly higher grade. This is a result primarily of conversion from Inferred to Indicated 
Resources by infill drilling and development, rather than extensional resource drilling. 

Page 25 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Table III.   Co-O Mine Mineral Resources as at 30 June 2015 

(Refer ASX announcement dated 04 September 2015 for JORC Code 2012 – Table 1 Report) 

Mineral Resource 

Tonnes 

Grade 

g/t Gold 

Ounces 

Gold 

Category 

Indicated resources 

Inferred resources 

TOTAL 

1,546,000 

1,958,000 

3,504,000 

12.2 

8.6 

10.2 

604,000 

545,000 

1,149,000 

Notes: 
- 

a lower cut-off of 3.0 g/t gold, minimum mining widths of 1.2 metres, minimum grade of 2.7 g/t gold, minimum grade x width of 3.2 g.m/t have been 
applied. 
various upper cuts (up to 300 g/t gold) have been applied to different veins. 
a gold price of US$1,500 has been applied. 
Rounding to the nearest 1,000 may result in some slight apparent discrepancies in totals. 

- 
- 
- 

Underground Drilling  

Indicated Category  

In  FY2015,  the  focus  of  underground  drilling  and  development  was  to  upgrade  resources,  which  had  previously  been 
classified as Inferred, into the Indicated category. This programme was successful in that the current Indicated Resource 
is relatively unchanged compared to the FY2014 Indicated Resource, despite the fact that 105,000 ounces have been 
depleted by mining. 

Inferred Category  

There  was  limited  drilling  to  the  east  and  down  plunge  which  focussed  on  extensions  to  the  deposit.  Drilling  at  the 
western part of the deposit, did not intercept any additional significant mineralisation. As a consequence of this, there has 
not been an overall increase in the total resource.  

Current development (Figs 5 and 8) has focussed on establishing drill chambers on Level 8, to accommodate the newly 
acquired deeper capacity drilling rigs, for a programme of deep drilling for strike extensions to the east and down plunge 
extensions.  

It is anticipated that this drilling will commence in the December quarter 2015, and complete 15,000 to 20,000 metres of 
diamond coring aimed at increasing the total mineral resource. 

Mineral Resource Estimation Methodology 

The  FY2015  Resource  estimate  was  carried  out  by  Philsaga's  geological  staff  under  the  guidance  of  Mr  Gary  Powell, 
(Manager  Geology  and  Resources).  The  estimates  were  checked in detail  by  Carras  Mining  Pty  Ltd,  who  acted  in  the 
capacity as independent external auditor.  

The  method  was  identical  to  the  procedure  used  by  Mr  Mark  Zammit  of  Cube  Consulting  Pty  Ltd  ("Cube")  of  Perth, 
Western Australia, for the FY2014 Mineral Resource estimate update (refer announcement of 25 September 2014).  

Mr Zammit also carried out a high level review of the methodology implemented by Philsaga personnel and concluded 
that  "the  same  general  approach  used  in  the  past  has  been  adopted  for  the  current  updated  resource  estimate. 
Differences between the previous 2014 model and the updated model have been attributed to additional information from 
grade control, depletion and improved survey practices”. 

Resource Vein Modelling 

A  wireframe  model  of  the  vein  system  and  the  mine  depletions  were  based  on  all  available  information  as  at  31  May 
2015. A Bulk Density value of 2.62 was used for Mineral Resource estimations.  

Philsaga  has  applied  a  2D  longitudinal  modelling  approach  (as  used  in  all  previous  estimates  by  Cube)  based  on  an 
accumulation  variable  incorporating  mineralised  vein  horizontal  width  and  intercept  grade.  Each  sample  within  a 
mineralised  vein  was  assigned  a  unique  code.  This  coding  was  used  to  control  compositing.  Mineralised  vein  grades 
were composited across the entire coded interval resulting in a single intercept composite.  

Block  estimates  were  based  on  interpolation  into  25mE  x  25mRL  cells.  Block  discretisation  points,  required  for  block 
kriging were set to 5 x 5 points in the longitudinal plane.  

Variography  was  used  to  analyse  the  spatial  continuity  of  the  horizontal  width  and  accumulation  variables  within  the 
mineralised  veins  and  to  determine  appropriate  estimation  inputs  to  the  interpolation  process.  The  accumulation 
variables were interpolated into blocks using Ordinary Kriging. Various high-grade gold limits were applied to individual 
veins prior to the calculation of the accumulation variable.  

Page 26 of 121 

 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Mining depletions as of 30th June 2015 were stamped into the 3D block model using the 2D string outlines digitised from 
the Co-O Mine long sections, as provided by Philsaga's survey department.  

Figure 11 is a perspective view of the Co-O Deposit resource model showing the major veins (GHV, Jereme and Central 
Veins) in colour and associated sub-parallel and link veins in grey, plus development as at 30 June 2015.  

Figure 11:   Perspective view of the Co-O Mine’s 2015 resource model, major veins and underground development 

Mineral Resource Estimation  

The  Co-O  Mineral  Resources  have  been  estimated  and  reported  in  accordance  with  the  guidelines  of  the  2012 
Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves (JORC Code 2012).  

The criteria used for resource classification include:  

Geological continuity and vein volume;  
Data quality;  
Data spacing and mining information;  

 
 
 
  Modelling technique; and  
 

Estimation properties including search strategy, number of informing composites, average distance of composites 
from  blocks,  and  Kriging  quality  parameters  such  as  slope  of  regression  (unchanged  from  FY2014  resource 
estimates).  

In  addition  to  the  above,  the  following  economic  parameters  were  considered  when  assessing  the  requirement  for 
reasonable prospects for economic extraction:  

Gold price of USD1,500 per ounce, and  

 
  Minimum diluted grade x width (accumulation) of 3.2 gram*metres/tonne to incorporate a minimum mining width 

above cut-off grade.  

The Indicated Resource boundary was drawn to encompass those blocks with higher estimation qualities, typically within 
areas defined by drill hole data closer than 50 metres x 50 metres and usually approaching 25 metres x 25 metres and/or 
with the inclusion of underground mine development where geological and volume continuity is well established.  

Inferred Resource areas reflect identified veins where there is no mining information and with limited drill hole data.  

There  were  no  Measured  Resources  defined  due  to  the  short scale  variability  in  volume  and  grade  plus  the  moderate 
risks identified in the data quality, data spatial location and mined volume definition.  

The  final  reporting  of  the  Mineral  Resource  is  undiluted  above  a  3.2  gram*metres/tonne  cut-off,  which  incorporates  a 
minimum mining width above cut-off grade.  

Variography, search criteria and high grade cutting methodologies were as per those used for FY2014.  

Page 27 of 121 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Comparison with Previous Resource Statement  

A  comparison  between  the  current  Mineral  Resource  and  that  stated  for  30  June  2014  in  Table  IV  shows  that  the 
Indicated Resource ounces have remained almost unchanged, at a slightly higher grade, despite having mined 105,000 
ounces in FY2015. This means that the depletion has been replaced, mainly by upgrading FY2014 Inferred Resources. 

The slightly higher grade of the Indicated category is attributable to the application of an accumulation cut-off grade, and 
development of higher grade stoping areas, particularly in the lower levels of the mine (Levels 6 to 8), confirming the high 
grade nature of the ore.  

The Inferred Resource has been reduced as a consequence of the upgrading of Inferred to Indicated and other factors, 
including:  

  minimal amount of drilling being carried out along strike to the east and down plunge to add resources;  
 
 
 
 
  mining and depletion continuing since the previous resource statement.  

drilling at the western part of the deposit did not intersect significant mineralisation;  
reduction of some interpreted vein widths to reflect the widths of veins as seen in the upper levels of the mine;  
the addition of a higher proportion of internal waste to reflect the discontinuous nature of some veins;  
some mining of previously stated inferred resources, and  

Table IV  Comparison summary of the total undiluted Co-O Mineral Resources at a block cut-off grade above 3.2 

gram*metres/tonne gold (accumulation) for 30 June 2015, and above 3.0 g/t gold for 30 June 2014. 

30 June 2014 

30 June 2015 

Variance 

Category 

Au 
(g/t) 
Indicated  1,561,000  11.8 

Tonnes 

Au (oz) 

Tonnes  Au (g/t) 

591,000  1,546,000 

12.2 

Au 
(oz) 
   604,000 

Tonnes 

Au 
(g/t) 
-1%  +3% 

Au 
(oz) 
+2% 

Inferred 

2,778,000 

9.2 

819,000  1,958,000 

8.6 

545,000 

-30% 

-6% 

-34% 

Total 

4,340,000  10.1  1,410,000  3,504,000 
Mineral Resources are reported inclusive of Ore Reserves 

Notes: 

10.2  1,149,000 

-19%  +1% 

-19% 

Co-O MINE ORE RESERVES  

A summary of the Co-O Ore Reserves was last reported on 25 September 2014. There have been material changes to 
the reserves since then due to mining depletion, significant underground development,  some re-interpretations and re-
modelling of geology, as per discussion in the preceding sections, as well as the application of lower recoveries to pillars 
and  remnant  ore  blocks.  The  Annual  Mineral  Resources  and  Ore  Reserves  Update  Statement  announced  on  25 
September 2015 includes material information relating to the estimations processes. 

Carras Mining Pty Ltd (“Carras”) of Perth, Western Australia, was contracted to undertake the Co-O Mine Ore Reserves 
estimate.  

The reported Ore Reserves is based on the Mineral Resources model produced by Philsaga’s geological division under 
the  supervision  of  Mr  Gary  Powell  (Manager  Geology  &  Resources).  This  model  was  updated  in  parts  to  reflect  more 
current observations made in the mine, where they are relevant to the Ore Reserve study. A Bulk Density value of 2.62 
was used for mineral resource estimations and 2.4 was used for the waste material.  

Cut-off Grades  

Cut-off  grades  used  for  the  Reserve  Estimate  were  derived  after  making  allowances  for mining  and  haulage,  hoisting, 
surface  haulage,  milling,  administration,  royalty,  development  and  an  extra  development  factor  for  mining  outside  of 
Reserves, and a cost for all underground drilling.  

The following gold price and cut-off grades were applied:  

  Gold price of US$1,150 per ounce gold; 
2.0 g/t gold for development ore;  
 
3.8 g/t gold for developed stopes, and  
 
4.5 g/t gold for un-developed stopes.  
 

For  Levels  1,  2  and  3  where  haulage  is  minimal,  slightly  lower  cut-off  grades  were  used,  consistent  with  the  lower 
haulage costs. The costs used to arrive at cut-off grades are based on actual validated mine costs.  

Mining Factors & Assumptions 

The Resource was converted to Reserve, utilising Co-O operations mine design as a basis, following the application of 
minimum  mining  widths  (MMW),  dilution  and  cut-off  grades  to  panels  of  size  30m  x  50m  high  based  on  the  Philsaga 
block model. Costs were then applied to determine those panels within the Indicated category, which were economic. If 

Page 28 of 121 

 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

economic,  they  were  included  in  the  Probable  Reserve.  A  very  small  component  (5%)  of  lower  grade  and  Inferred 
material was included to reflect actual mining practice. 

Mining at Co-O utilizes both Shrink and Slot stope mining. Shrink Stope mining has been used at the mine since around 
2004 and is well understood. 

The MMW and mining dilution factors used are:  

  MMW of 1.25 metres is applied to those panels with a dip ≥ 50 degrees.  

  MMW of 1.50 metres is applied to those panels with a dip < 50 degrees. 

  Where  the  panel  width  was  equal  to,  or  greater  than  the  MMW,  an  additional  0.25  metres  dilution  was  then 

added to the Hanging Wall. 

  An additional dilution of 10% was allowed for the mining of the low angle stopes under draw. 

  A further 30% dilution was added to stopes on levels 4 and 5 to allow for discontinuities. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a 30% dilution was added to stopes on Levels 4 and 5 to allow for discontinuities. 

shape dilution of 5% of extra tonnage at 2 g/t gold applied, for extra development and to reflect pinch and swell 
of veins, and faulting. 

For stopes < 10 g/t gold an 85% mining recovery was used.  

For stopes ≥ 10 g/t gold a 90% mining recovery was used. 

25%  recovery  factor  for  sill  pillars  in  empty  stopes  are  included  in  reserve  at  a  grade  of  7g/t  gold,  to  reflect 
current selective mining practice,  

30% recovery factor has been applied to remnant ore blocks, at their respective stope grades, 

stopes containing less then 500 tonnes, were removed to account for ore loss. 

Inferred Resources and low grade Indicated Resources (5%), are only utilised in the Ore Reserve estimation when those 
panels  need  to  be  developed  in  order  to  access  higher  grade  Indicated  Resources  (which  must  be  able  to  carry  all 
costs). This also includes a small element of development beyond the Indicated Resource as an exploration component.  

At  the  lowermost  levels,  winzing  on  ore  and narrow  vein  development is,  and  always  has  been  part of  the strategy  of 
developing a new level. This accounts for only  a small proportion (5%) of global Reserve ounces, located at Levels 10, 
11 and 12, where current winzing and diamond coring is showing characteristics typical of the GHV high grade zones in 
the levels above. 

Underground  Level  development  is  continuous,  with  all  other  required  infrastructure  in  place.  The  mine  is  currently 
developing  a  service  shaft  at  the  15E  position,  which  will  be  utilised  for  hoisting  men  and  materials  from  Level  8  to 
surface. 

There are no Proven Ore Reserves defined as no Measured Resources were estimated, as summarised in the preceding 
section.  A  metallurgical  recovery  of  94%  has  been  used,  based  on  current  milling  recovery,  but  not  applied  to  the 
reported Reserve figures. 

Comparison with Previous Reserve Statement 

A comparison between the current ore reserves and that stated at 30 June 2014 shows a slight decrease in Probable 
Reserve ounces of 4.3% or 19,000 ounces of gold (Table V). 

The changes in the Co-O Mine reserves are primarily due to: mining depletion; inclusion of further underground drilling 
results;  modified  vein  interpretations  through  increased  geological  knowledge  of  the  different  vein  sets  obtained  by 
ongoing  underground  mapping,  modification  of  gold  cut-off  grades,  a  lower  mining  recovery  applied  to  remnant  ore  in 
some historical stopes and pillars, and reporting at a lower gold price of US$1150/oz compared to FY2014’s gold price of 
US$1250/oz. 

Table V  Comparison Summary of the Co-O Mine’s Ore Reserves for 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015 after allowance 

for mine depletion. 

Reserve 
Category 

30 June 2014 

30 June 2015 

Variance 

Tonnes 

Au 
(g/t) 

Au (oz) 

Tonnes 

Au 
(g/t) 

Au 
(oz) 

Tonnes 

Au 
(g/t) 

Au 
(oz) 

Probable 

1,920,000 

7.22 

446,000 

1,811,000 

7.33 

427,000 

-5.7%  +1.5% 

-4.3% 

Page 29 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Co-O EXPLORATION  

 “Underground drilling during 2015-17 will primarily focus on converting 
wide-spaced  intersections  in  the  down-dip  and  down-plunge  vein 
extensions  between  Levels  8  to  16  into  resources,  and  upgrading 
Inferred  Resources  to  Indicated  status,  from  new  drill  chambers  on 
Level 8.” 

Resource Definition Drilling  

The Company has been using three large underground rigs on contract, for resource drilling, and four smaller Company 
owned  portable  drilling  rigs  for  pre-development  drilling.  During  the  FY2015,  underground  drilling  has  been  focussed 
primarily  to  upgrade  Inferred  Resources  to  Indicated  Resource  category  and  to  a  lesser  extent,  delineate  additional 
mineralisation and extensions to the Inferred Resources within and peripheral to current mining operations.  

Resource  definition  drilling  was  carried  out  from  five  drill  chambers  on  Levels  3,  5  and  8.  A  total  of  61  underground 
diamond drill holes were completed to 30 June 2015 for a total advance of 25,400 metres, as summarised in Table VI. 

Table VI. Summary of Co-O Mine underground drilling. 

Project 

Co-O Mine 

GRAND TOTAL 

Purpose 

Number of Holes 

Meterage 

Resource Underground 

Pre-Development 

61 

48 

109 

25,400 

3,196 

28,596 

Details  of  significant  intersection  results  obtained  during  the  FY2015  have  been  reported  in  the  September  2014, 
December  2014,  March  2015  and  June  2015  quarterly  reports.  Table  VII  below  summarises  the  more  significant  drill 
intersections obtained during the year. 

Table VII.  Co-O Mine – significant underground drill hole results of ≥ 6 gram-metres. 
    (Refer FY2014 Quarterly Reports for JORC Code 2012 – Table 1 Reports)  
RL 4 

Hole Number 

North 4 

East 4 

Depth 
(metres) 

Dip   
(o) 

Azimuth  
(o) 

From  
(metres) 

Width 2 
(metres) 

Gold Grade 1,3 
(uncut) (g/t gold) 

UNDERGROUND RESOURCE DRILLING - LEVEL 3 

L3-17W-002 

613894 

913226 

50 

485.8 

-31 

188 

L3-17W-003 

613894 

913226 

50 

505.6 

-30 

195 

L3-17W-004 
L3-17W-009 
L3-17W-010 

613893 
613893 
613897 

913226 
913226 
913226 

50 
50 
51 

511.8 
507.2 
419.4 

-29 
-37 
-31 

201 
204 
171 

L3-17W-012 
L3-64W-016 

613897 
613353 

913226 
913058 

50 
62 

501.7 
439.3 

-42 
-25 

172 
138 

L3-64W-017 

613353 

913055 

60 

550.7 

-25 

150 

L3-64W-030 

613350 

913057 

60 

476.6 

-46 

159 

182.00 
359.10 
413.20 
365.85 
368.05 
5 241.85 
239.55 
469.45 
168.40 
292.00 
306.85 
265.55 
375.25 
193.20 
305.30 
428.30 
41.40 
311.50 
341.95 
108.00 
177.55 

0.50 
1.15 
0.85 
0.60 
0.75 
5 1.65 
4.95 
1.15 
1.05 
3.70 
7.95 
2.35 
2.65 
1.00 
0.20 
0.90 
1.00 
1.00 
1.00 
2.45 
1.00 

17.07 
15.21 
7.07 
20.85 
22.78 
5 6.68 
3.57 
8.20 
7.00 
2.96 
6.36 
5.65 
8.93 
11.14 
50.47 
15.34 
8.64 
10.30 
130.66 
6.72 
15.47 

L5-40W-001 

613590 

913079 

-40 

521.8 

-18 

208 

178.00 

2.00 

3.15 

UNDERGROUND RESOURCE DRILLING - LEVEL 5 

Page 30 of 121 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

UNDERGROUND RESOURCE DRILLING - LEVEL 8 

L8-19E-003 

614213 

913136 

-192 

477.8 

-3 

204 

L8-19E-004 

614213 

913136 

-192 

500.9 

-3 

214 

L8-19E-005 
L8-19E-013 
L8-19E-014 

614213 
614214 
614214 

913137 
913136 
913136 

-192 
-193 
-193 

494.0 
415.0 
430.4 

-3 
-29 
-24 

223 
179 
193 

L8-19E-016 

614219 

913137 

-193 

414.3 

-20 

142 

L8-19E-017 

614219 

913137 

-193 

481.3 

-19 

125 

L8-19E-020 

614212 

913137 

-192 

437.5 

-15 

216 

L8-19E-022 

614214 

913136 

-193 

432.7 

-30 

172 

L8-19E-024 

614214 

913136 

-193 

488.0 

-35 

173 

L8-19E-025 

614217 

913136 

-193 

452.2 

-22 

144 

L8-19E-026 
L8-19E-028 
L8-19E-029 

614217 
614217 
614213 

913136 
913136 
913136 

-193 
-193 
-192 

458.2 
434.8 
431.8 

-30 
-36 
-41 

149 
164 
198 

L8-19E-030 

614215 

913136 

-193 

397.4 

-33 

158 

L8-19E-032 

614217 

913135 

-193 

489.2 

-32 

152 

L8-19E-033 

614218 

913135 

-192 

451.2 

-7 

116 

L8-19E-034 

614218 

913135 

-192 

469.5 

-15 

116 

L8-19E-035 

614213 

913136 

-192 

444.1 

-15 

194 

L8-45E-004 

614469 

913041 

-190 

136.5 

3 

124 

175.45 
331.15 
375.45 
286.40 
395.45 
237.80 
200.15 
14.70 
217.80 
220.75 
36.05 
104.15 
196.95 
92.00 
322.85 
381.10 
428.10 
460.80 
465.85 
345.00 
402.60 
117.20 
426.30 
263.60 
271.25 
144.20 
160.60 
198.50 
345.30 
432.85 
362.00 
226.80 
141.35 
176.00 
220.30 
235.20 
171.80 
251.20 
27.95 
5 176.00 
383.15 
387.20 
402.25 
150.35 
199.25 
246.65 
350.65 
334.65 
375.75 
121.35 

0.30 
3.80 
1.95 
0.45 
0.40 
1.10 
1.40 
0.90 
1.40 
1.00 
0.60 
0.20 
1.00 
3.95 
1.05 
2.60 
1.30 
1.40 
1.20 
1.70 
0.50 
0.55 
0.40 
1.00 
0.70 
1.10 
0.30 
1.80 
2.40 
0.50 
1.00 
2.40 
0.50 
0.60 
1.85 
1.00 
1.05 
1.00 
0.20 
5 0.60 
1.75 
1.20 
0.85 
2.00 
1.40 
1.75 
0.95 
0.95 
1.00 
0.45 

20.29 
16.31 
53.69 
35.30 
15.39 
10.93 
24.38 
30.38 
4.95 
8.40 
13.78 
53.96 
9.37 
4.59 
24.07 
14.44 
8.56 
22.42 
14.69 
6.42 
31.35 
20.30 
17.30 
6.17 
11.00 
21.93 
84.43 
19.78 
10.95 
14.30 
22.20 
43.55 
36.77 
58.97 
70.49 
30.13 
22.39 
31.83 
46.13 
5 58.97 
5.42 
15.63 
18.77 
5.28 
6.42 
4.86 
9.33 
61.57 
23.40 
161.30 

Notes:  

1.  Composited intercepts’ 'weighted average grades' calculated by using the following parameters:  

(i)  no upper gold grade cut-off applied; 
(ii)  ≥ 6 gram*metres, and 
(iii)  a maximum of 1.0 metre of down-hole internal dilution at ≤ 3 g/t gold. 
Intersection widths are down-hole drill widths not true widths. 

2. 
3.  Analysis by Classical Fire Assay technique and AAS finish, and carried out by Philsaga Mining Corporation’s laboratory. 
4.  Grid coordinates and elevation in metres relative to the Mine Datum. 
5.  Assay results were previously reported in 2014 Annual Report, and included here only for completeness of individual drill holes. 

Page 31 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Resource Definition Drilling Programme 

Three more drill chambers are in the process of being developed on Level 8 to provide access for an extended ‘deeps’ 
drilling programme as indicated on Figures 8 and 9. The focus of the ‘deeps’ drilling programme is two-fold: 

 

to  ensure  that  replacement  of  mining  depletion  of  ore  reserves  is  maintained  on  an  annual  basis  through 
upgrading Inferred Resources to the Indicated status, in conjunction with level development, as described in the 
announcements of 4 September 2015 and 25 September 2015, and 

 

To increase the resource base by extending the current resources down-dip and down-plunge. 

Co-O Regional Exploration 

Ground Geophysical Survey  

The ground geophysical Induced Polarisation (“IP”) / Resistivity (“RES”) and ground magnetic survey commenced in 2013 
within the Co-O tenements, was terminated in July 2014 following a preliminary review of the information obtained from 
this survey, which did not indicate the presence of any significant anomalies that warranted continuing the survey. 

Preliminary  interpretations  have  been  carried  out  during  the  September  2014  and  December  2014  quarters.  No 
significant anomalies have been identified, although further evaluation of the survey will be carried out in due course to 
identify anomalies that may be less apparent. 

Reconnaissance Programs 

Regional exploration concentrated on areas proximal to the Co-O Mine environs to investigate mineralisation previously 
encountered  during  surface  mapping  and  drilling.  Activities  included  detailed  and  reconnaissance  geological  mapping, 
trenching and sampling programmes in the Tagabaka, North Tinago, South Agsao and West Road 17 prospects, where 
a number of veins have been verified from previous work. Drilling targets have so far defined from this work at the West 
Road 17 prospect, although the timing of the drilling programme is dependent on budgets. 

Reconnaissance mapping and sampling programmes will continue throughout the Co-O group of granted tenements. 

TAMBIS PROJECT 

The  Tambis  Project,  comprising  the  Bananghilig  Gold  Deposit and  the  B2  Discovery  area  (Figs  2  and  12),  is  operated 
under a Mining Agreement with Philex Gold Philippines Inc. over Mineral Production Sharing Agreement (“MPSA”) 344-
2010-XIII, which covers 6,262 hectares. 

The Executive Order on Mining (EO-79) signed on 6 July 2012 by the President of the Philippines will have no immediate 
impact on the Bananghilig Project as the Company can continue to explore, conduct feasibility studies and planning. 

BANANGHILIG (B1) GOLD DEPOSIT 

The announcement of 12 September 2011 summarises the Tambis regional geological setting, local geological setting, 
deposit description and mineralisation as shown on Figure 12. Additional information is contained in the September 2011 
quarterly report dated 24 October 2011, drilling updates on 17 January 2012, 8 August 2012, 21 November 2012 and 02 
April 2013, operations update on 8 July 2013, resource estimation updates on 29 January 2013 and 8 August 2013, and 
the September 2013, December 2013, March 2014 and June 2014 quarterly reports. 

On 8 August 2013, a Mineral Resource update was announced for the Bananghilig Deposit, using all drilling data up to 30 
June 2013. A 0.8 g/t gold cut-off was applied to the resource estimate resulting in a total combined Indicated and Inferred 
Resources of 24.52 million tonnes was reported, containing 1,136,000 ounces at a grade of 1.44 g/t gold. The  Mineral 
Resources for  the  Bananghilig  Gold  Deposit  were  prepared  and  first  disclosed  under  the  JORC  Code  2004.  It  has  not 
been updated to comply with the JORC Code 2012 on the basis that the information has not materially changed since it 
was last reported. 

During  the  FY2015,  the  Company  has  been  carrying  out  detailed  surface  and  underground  mapping  within  the  main 
resource area, to provide supplementary information  to the drilling database. This has provided a significant amount of 
structural information which is being used to review the mineralisation interpretations and define various geological and 
structural domains. 

It  is  planned  to  remodel  the  Bananghilig  Deposit’s  resource  to  produce  an  updated  resource  statement  in  accordance 
with the guidelines of the JORC code 2012 by the end of CY2015. 

Page 32 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

B2 DISCOVERY AREA 

The B2 discovery area was first encountered in 2013 during sterilisation drilling, and has been the subject of wide spaced 
drilling, plus a small programme of close spaced drilling. The significance of this discovery is that the diatreme complex 
hosting  the  Bananghilig  Deposit  extends  beneath  the  limestone  cover  and  hosts  the  B2  mineralisation.  To  date,  the 
southern  and  eastern  margins  of  the  Tambis  Diatreme  Complex  have  not  yet  been  defined,  thus  constituting  a  large 
complex with the potential to significantly increase the size of the current resource base. 

B2 Drilling Results 

Results of diamond drilling at the B2 Discovery area to 30 June 2014 have been announced on 02 April 2013 and 08 July 
2013, in the March 2013, June 2013, September 2013, December 2013, March 2014 and June 2104 Quarterly Reports, 
and  the  September  2013 and  September  2014  Annual  Reports.  During  the  September  2014 quarter,  final  results  were 
received for the balance of the last three drill holes drilled in June 2014, TDH345, TDH347 and TDH348. A summary of 
significant results from drilling at the B2 area for the FY2014 year are included in Table VIII below. 

Table VIII: B2 Discovery Area – Significant drill hole results ≥1 g/t gold.  

    (Refer  ASX  Announcement  September  Quarterly  report  2014  Appendix  B  for  Table  1  prepared  in  accordance  with  JORC  Code         

2012)) 

Hole 
Number 
TDH345 

East 4 

North 4 

RL 4 

Depth 
(metres) 

Dip      
(o) 

Azimuth  
(o) 

From     
(metres) 

Width 2 
(metres) 

Gold Grade 1,3 
(uncut) (g/t gold) 

613153 

944893 

190 

300.6 

-60 

130 

186.15 
227.60 
280.60 
166.90 
178.20 
297.85 
169.05 
183.85 
201.50 
222.85 
237.60 

6.00 
13.95 
11.85 
2.00 
2.85 
2.60 
12.80 
11.65 
6.65 
5.40 
5.85 

1.89 
0.79 
9.79 
3.44 
3.47 
4.57 
1.36 
1.22 
1.99 
1.40 
1.56 

TDH347 

613414 

944861 

130 

301.8 

-60 

130 

TDH348 

613389 

944701 

102 

300.6 

-60 

130 

Notes:  

1.  Composited intercepts’ 'weighted average grades' calculated by using the following parameters:  

lower cut-off grade of 0.5 g/t gold; 

(i)  no upper gold grade cut-off applied; 
(ii) 
(iii)  ≥ 5 metres down hole intercept width at ≥ 1.0 g/t gold, or 
(iv)  ≤ 5 metres down hole intercept width at ≥ 5 gram per metres, and 
(v)  maximum of 3 metres of downhole internal dilution at ≤0.5 g/t gold; 
2. 
Intersection widths are downhole drill widths not true widths;  
3.  Assays are by Intertek McPhar Mineral Services Inc. in Manila; and 
4.  Grid coordinates and RL (elevation) based on the Philippine Reference System 92. 

Exploration 

A  down-hole  geophysics  programme  designed  to  investigate  the  potential  to  locate  additional  high-grade  hydrothermal 
breccia  zones  beneath  the  limestone  cover  was  planned  to  commence  during  the  FY2015.  This  programme  has  been 
temporarily postponed due to reduced exploration budgets. It is planned to commence the geophysics survey once the 
gold price improves to a level at which developing the Bananghilig Deposit is considered to be viable. 

TAMBIS REGIONAL 

There is an ongoing programme of geological mapping, trenching and sampling throughout the granted tenements of the 
Tambis Regional Project area, including the areas surrounding the Bananghilig (B1) Deposit, B2 Discovery area and the 
Guinhalinan Prospect (Figs 2 and 12). 

Several prospective areas have been identified from the ongoing regional reconnaissance and exploration activities that 
will  be  targeted  for  more  detailed  exploration  activities  during  the  FY2016.  Activities  will  include  detailed  geological 
mapping,  soil  geochemical  surveys,  trenching,  scout  diamond  drilling  and  possibly  ground  geophysics  (IP,  RES  and 
magnetics). 

Page 33 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Guinhalinan Gold Prospect 

Background 

The Guinhalinan Gold Prospect location is shown on Figures 2 and 12 within the northern block of granted MPSA 343-
2010-XIII, which is subject to a Mines Operating Agreement with Das-Agan Mining Corporation, who will receive a 3% 
gross royalty on all production from the MPSA. 

The mineralisation is generally associated with silicification of limestone-rich horizons within a sequence of calcareous 
grits and siltstones. The outcrops of silicified material vary from massive fine-grained silica replacement with sphalerite, 
chalcopyrite and galena, to friable, limonitic and siliceous material in sub-crop.  

The sediments comprise an old calcareous sequence which dips eastwards towards the projected position of the Barobo 
Fault. This sequence has been traced for at least 12.5 kilometres and hosts extensive skarn alteration at Kamarangan, 
approximately 6 kilometres to the north. 

The  Usa  porphyry  copper  and  the  Alikway  base  metal  skarn  prospects  are  located  2  kilometres  and  1.5  kilometres 
respectively to the south and southeast of Guinhalinan and adjacent to the projected position of the Barobo Fault. 

Mineralisation 

Details of the completed soil sampling programme  conducted towards the end of 2104  are contained in the 28 January 
2015 announcement and the March 2015 and June 2015 quarterly reports.  

To date, field investigations have identified at least three different styles of gold mineralisation, namely: 

(i) 

Sediment-hosted, Carbonate Replacement Gold (+base-metals) mineralisation (CRG) 

The  south-western  gold  in  soil  anomalism  is  related  to  a  shallow,  east-dipping  impure  limestone  unit(s).  Gold 
mineralisation  is  associated  with  silica  replacement  of  carbonate  facies  rocks  such  as  limestone  and  impure 
limestone unit(s), in association with pyrite, chalcopyrite, sphalerite and lesser galena. 

(ii) 

Alluvial gold occurrence 

At  the  eastern  half  of  the  soil  geochemistry  survey,  the  gold  in  soil  anomalism  appears  to  be  associated 
predominantly  with  a  sub-horizontal,  polymictic  conglomerate  unit  containing  pebble  to  boulder  size  clasts  of 
mineralised  CRG  and  possibly  detrital  gold.  This  unit  is  discordant  with,  and  post-dates  the  limestone  unit(s) 
hosting the CRG mineralisation. It continues to the northwest and southeast and may be an important indicator 
for locating further primary CRG mineralisation along strike. 

(iii) 

Quartz±carbonate veins 

The third style of mineralisation identified so far is related to  intermediate sulphidation epithermal quartz±calcite 
vein  stockworks  within  argillically  altered basement  rocks. The  soil  anomalism  in the north-western  part  of  the 
soil survey is most likely the manifestation of this style of mineralisation. 

Follow-up  of  the  soil  anomalies  includes  detailed  geological  and  regolith  mapping,  and  sampling  of  the  regolith  and 
underlying stratigraphy, to identify scout drilling targets. 

Exploration 

A programme of scout drilling is planned to commence in the first half of FY2016 to investigate the down-dip and strike 
extension potential of the CRG mineralisation within the limestone unit(s). 

Page 34 of 121 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

           Figure 12:   Tambis  region  interpreted  geology  showing  the  positions  of  the  Bananghilig  Deposit,  B2  Discovery  Area  beneath  the  limestone    

 cover, and the Guinhalinan Prospect. 

Page 35 of 121 

 
 
 
 
           
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

LINGIG COPPER PROJECT  
The  Lingig  copper  discovery  is  located  within  MPSA  343-2010-XIII,  situated  in  Surigao  del  Sur  province  of  Eastern 
Mindanao (Fig. 2).  

The  MPSA  is  registered  under  Das-Agan  Mining  Corporation  and  100%  rights  are  assigned  to  Philsaga  Mining 
Corporation  subject  to  a  gross  royalty  of  3%  payable  to  Das-Agan.  It  covers  a  total  of  approximately  80  km²  (8,019 
hectares) in two blocks, of which the Lingig copper prospect is located in the south-eastern block. 

  Figure 13:    Lingig interpreted geology showing drill hole locations, copper (Cu) and molybdenum (Mo) soil geochemistry  

Page 36 of 121 

 
 
 
 
                            
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Geological Setting 

Drilling  has  intersected  copper  mineralisation  in  two  settings.  Additional  information  and  maps  are  contained  in  the 
announcements dated 9 October 2009 and 7 May 2010. 

There  are  three  known  copper  mineralisation  targets  in  Lingig,  namely  Zone  1  (Au-bearing  porphyry  related  Cu),  and 
Zones 2 and 3 (magmatic-hydrothermal breccia-hosted Cu with porphyry-related Cu) as shown in Figure 13. Refer to the 
2014 Annual Report for more detail on the mineralisation styles. 

The  Resistivity  and  Ground  Magnetics  survey  completed  in  2013  delineated  two  aligned  NE-trending  IP  high 
chargeability zones. The larger of the two IP anomalies, comprising Zones 2 and 3, are planned to be tested by diamond 
drilling during the first half of FY2016. 

SAUGON GOLD PROJECT 

The Saugon Project comprises three granted exploration permits (EP 017-XIII, 031-XIII and 032-XIII) and four exploration 
permit applications (EPA 00066-XIII, 00067-XIII, 00069-XIII and 00087-XIII) covering a combined total 27,174 hectares 
(Figs  2  and  12).  The  granted  tenements  and  tenement  applications  are  registered  under  Philsaga  Mining  Corporation, 
excepting EPA 00069-XIII which is registered under Phsamed Mining Corporation. 

FIRST HIT VEIN DEPOSIT 

Background 

The  First  Hit  Vein  (FHV)  is  situated  within  Exploration  Permit  XIII-017,  approximately  10 kilometres south  of  the  Co-O 
Gold Mine and 28 kilometres by road from the Co-O Mill. Work commenced in early 2003 on the First Hit Vein deposit 
which has been followed intermittently at the surface over 600 metres and which has been explored underground via a 
40 metre deep winze, level development and drilling of 31 diamond drill holes. 

Total Inferred and Indicated Mineral Resources for the Saugon Gold Deposit (81,500 tonnes at a grade of 5.97 g/t gold), 
remain  unchanged  from  2013,  and  were  prepared  and  first  disclosed  under  the  JORC  Code  2004.  It  has  not  been 
updated to comply with the JORC Code 2012 on the basis that the information has not materially changed since it was 
last reported. Refer to the 2014 Annual Report for more details. 

Exploration 

Exploration  activities  involving  primarily  regional  mapping  have  continued  on  a  minimal  basis.  The  project  is  currently 
being reviewed. 

APICAL PROJECT (Medusa earning 70%) 

A  Joint  Venture  Agreement  (“JVA”)  with  MRL  Gold  Phils,  Inc.  (“MRL”)  and  an  underlying  claim  owner  covers  an 
application for Mineral Production Sharing Agreement (“APSA”) number 0028-XIII, situated in the provinces of Agusan del 
Sur  and  Surigao  del  Sur  in  east  Mindanao,  and  located  to  the  north  of  the  Co-O  Mine  and  Mill.  The  APSA  comprises 
approximately 2,084 hectares in the Tambis Region area. MRL is the Philippine operating company of Mindoro Resources 
Ltd, a public company listed on the TSX Venture Exchange in Canada and the ASX in Australia.  

The tenement application is being progressed towards granting. 

CORPLEX PROJECTS 

The Company, through Philsaga, has Memoranda of Agreement (“MOA”)  with Corplex Resources Incorporated (“CRI”) 
on  four  tenement  applications,  viz:  APSA  000054-XIII  covering  approximately  2,118  hectares;  APSA  000056-XIII 
covering  162  hectares;  APSA  000077-XIII  covering  approximately  810  hectares  (including  the  Usa  copper  prospect 
described below), and Exploration Permit application (“EPA”) 0000186-XIII covering 7,111 hectares. 

The tenement applications are being progressed towards granting. 

Page 37 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

USA PORPHYRY COPPER-GOLD PROJECT   

The Usa prospect located within Mineral Production Sharing Agreement application (“APSA”) XIII-00077. The Company 
has a Memorandum of Agreement with Corplex Resources Inc (“Corplex”). Further details regarding the agreement are 
contained in the 2011 Annual Report. 

There  are  indications  that  the  prospect  extends  eastwards  into  APSA  XIII-00098  that  is  held  by  Mindanao  Philcord 
Mining Corporation, which will receive a 1% Net Profits Interest from any production. 

Detailed information regarding the prospect is contained in the 2011 Annual Report. 

The tenement application is being progressed towards granting. 

COAL PROJECT   

On 18 December 2014, the Company announced, through its Philippine operating company, Philsaga Mining Corporation 
(“PMC”),  that  PMC  signed  contracts  with  the  Department  of  Energy  (“DOE”)  for  9,000  hectares  of  Coal  Operating 
Contracts (“COCs”) containing well-defined coal measures immediately to the east of the Co-O gold mining and milling 
operations,  with  the  strategy  for  a  third  party  to  own,  build  and  operate  a  power  station  and  to  supply  power  to  the 
Company’s operations. The COCs are shown on Figure 2. 

Strategy  

Mindanao Island has a shortage of available power and despite new power stations coming on line. This shortage which 
results  in  power  outages  at  the  Company’s  operations  is  predicted  to  continue  into  the  future  due  to  rapid  regional 
growth.  

The Company identified the opportunity to control its own future power sources several years ago and has been working 
towards the granting of these COCs, which are subject to a bidding process conducted every 3 years by the Department 
of Energy.  

The first step towards ensuring a reliable power supply for the long-term operations of the Company was the granting of 
these COCs.  

The second step is to outline sufficient coal potential to support a medium-sized power station. 

The  third  step  is  to  develop  a  strategic  alliance  to  construct  and  operate  a  power  station,  and  to  achieve  this,  the 
Company  initially  completed  a  Heads  of  Agreement  (“HOA”)  with  Swan  Energy  Pty  Ltd  of  Perth  (“Swan”),  Western 
Australia, to build, own and operate a 30MW power station as the exclusive power supplier to the Company’s operations. 
Subsequent  to  cancelling  the  Heads  of  Agreement,  in  the  short  term,  the  Company  will  conduct  exploration  activities 
itself to delineate potential coal seams within the COCs for future development by potential third party partners. 

The Company has already identified coal seams outcropping at surface, that are of sub-bituminous quality and suitable to 
feed  a  power  station  of  the  Circulating  Fluidised  Bed  (CFB)  boiler  type,  which  is  a  clean,  efficient,  reliable  and  fuel-
flexible solution, and which will produce ash in a form suitable for use as fertiliser by local farming communities.  

Geology  

The  Concessions  granted  by  the  Department  of  Energy  total  9,000  hectares  covering  occurrences  of  known  coal 
measures in the sedimentary basin in two sections, Area 6 (COCs numbered 40-L-123, -124, -125 and -126) and Area 7 
(COCs numbered 40-L-204, -205, -243, -244 and -283) as shown in Figure 2.  

The  sedimentary  basin  contains  a  regionally  extensive,  dominantly  late  Oligocene  to  Pleistocene  carbonate  sequence 
overlapping  the  late  Eocene  to  early  Pliocene  magmatic  and  volcanic  complex  basement  rocks  containing  the 
Company’s gold mining tenements and operations on the west, and Cretaceous to Eocene basement  rocks on the east 
containing the Company’s Lingig copper prospect.  

The coal measures contain multiple coal seams which are contained in the basal parts of the sequence within the late 
Oligocene to early Miocene Bislig Formation comprising basal conglomerates, sandstones, limestone and carbonaceous 
mudstones.  

The coal measures have previously been scout drilled in the 1970s, by at least 5 diamond holes, test pitted in 4 locations 
and  outcrop  sampled  in  numerous  locations  by  previous  explorers.  As  the  coal  seams  outcrop,  it  is  anticipated  that 
sufficient  volumes  of  open  pittable  material  will  potentially  be  available  for  the  duration  of  the  Company’s  mining 
operations.  

The coal in Area 6 has been previously classified as sub-bituminous B to high volatile bituminous A coal rank using the 
American Society for Testing and Materials (“ASTM”) classification scheme. On average the coal in Area 6 has heating 

Page 38 of 121 

 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

values  of  6,500BTU/lb  as  returned  by  samples  from  2  drill  holes  and  27  outcrops.  Seam  thicknesses  of  economic 
importance are commonly between 1 and 2 metres.  

The coal in Area 7 has been previously classified as sub-bituminous B to high volatile bituminous A coal rank using the 
ASTM  classification  scheme.  Outcrops  with  a  thickness  of  more  than  1  metre  have  heating  values  of  7,000  to  8,200 
BTU/lb. Samples from 1 drill hole returned heating values of 6,499 BTU/lb and 7,994BTU/lb.  

Reconnaissance exploration activities since January 2015 have included mapping to identify coal seams in preparation 
for a scout drilling programme set to commence during the December 2015 quarter. Already, the Company has identified 
outcropping coal seams  ranging  up  to  2.3 metres in  thickness  over potential strike lengths of  up  to  3  kilometres.  Most 
outcrops to date have been identified as being of the sub-bituminous quality, although no results have yet been received 
to confirm the coal quality. 

TENEMENTS and EXPLORATION PIPELINE 

As announced on 21 January 2015, the Company completed a review of its tenement holdings, which has since resulted 
in  a  reduction  of  about  300  km²,  down  from  806  km²  to  approximately  506  km²  (Fig.  2).  The  reduction  consists  of  a 
combination  of  tenement  application  relinquishments  and  reductions,  and  area  reductions  in  granted  tenements. 
Additional details are contained in the 21 January 2015 announcement. 

The  basis  for  the  reduction  is  a  result  of  downgrading,  or  recognition  of  absence  of  geological  prospectivity,  as 
determined  by  a  combination(s)  of  remote  sensing  interpretations,  airborne  geophysics,  reconnaissance  exploration, 
perceived  unfavourable terrain that  does not permit viable exploration (e.g. extensive swamp areas), and/or conflicting 
land use areas, such as rice field areas, other areas of intensive agriculture and urban areas. 

Exploration Pipeline 

As announced on 21 January 2015, an extensive review of the Company’s prospects as at 31 December 2014 has been 
completed.  Figure  14  below  is  a  graphic  representation  of  the  development  pipeline  of  exploration  projects  and 
prospects and their respective status. 

The current exploration priorities are: 

  Co-O  Gold  Mine  environs  –  reconnaissance  exploration  to  continue  at  the  South  Agsao  and  the West  Road  17 

prospects. Work at the North Tinago prospect has been completed; 

  Bananghilig (B1) and B2 Gold Projects – further work has been put on hold  due to reduced exploration budgets, 

including downhole geophysics, metallurgical testwork, and so forth; 

  Guinhalinan Gold Project – investigation and assessment of the regional ‘gold in soil’ anomalies as announced on 

28 January 2015 will continue with scout drilling planned during the first half of FY2016; 

  Lingig Copper Project – scout drilling of the IP anomalies to be carried out during first half of FY2016, and 

  Coal Project – commencement of scout drilling in areas of outcropping sub-bituminous coal seams during first half 

of FY2016. 

Page 39 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

   Fig 14:  Exploration pipeline summary 

SUSTAINABILITY 
The  Company  continues  to  base  its  business  on  four  key  components  that  encompass  our  commitment  to  all 
stakeholders.  Improvements  continue  to  promote  organisational  coherence,  proper  internal  procedures,  regular  checks 
and balances, performance and efficiencies. The four key components are: 

 

 

 

 

Health and Safety; 

Environmental Protection, Management and Monitoring; 

Employment sustainability; and 

Community Participation, Development Programmes and Benefits 

HEALTH AND SAFETY 

As in previous years, the following practices were undertaken: 

  Comprehensive safety awareness at the mine and mill sites; 

  Comprehensive emergency preparedness plans and programmes at mine and mill sites; 

  Regular comprehensive health checks for all employees; 

  Expanded mining and safety training activities for all underground personnel; 

  Conducted Basic Life Support and Standard First Aid Training seminars for all mine and mill employees for use at 

work and in the home; 

  Continued  regular  training,  including  rope  rescue,  and  equipping  for  mine  rescue  and  firefighting  teams,  with  the 

teams participating in annual national competitions; and 

  Regular safety meetings that emphasise workforce participation in ensuring safety and hazard minimisation. 

The 12 month Lost Time Accident Frequency Rate to 30 June 2012 was 1.04, to 30 June 2013 was 0.10,  to June 30, 
2014  was  0.18  and  to  June  30,  2015  was  0.25,  which  is  better  than  industry  standards for  manually  intensive,  narrow 
vein, underground mines and demonstrates the maintenance of high safety standards during the year. 

The Company hospital continued operating as a fully staffed and functional facility during the year with services available 
for Company personnel and their families, and other local residents. 

Page 40 of 121 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING 

The Company is committed to environmental protection and management and to complying with all applicable statutory 
and regulatory environmental obligations. 

The Company has commenced the process of ISO 14001 certification which should be completed in the second half of 
CY 2016. 

CODE OF CONDUCT 

Environmental responsibility forms an important part of the Company's Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct outlines 
the Company's commitment to appropriate and ethical corporate practices and describes how the Company expects its 
Directors and employees to behave in the conduct of the Company's business activities. 

In accordance with the Code of Conduct, the Company: 

 

is  fully  aware  of  its  obligations  to  comply  with  relevant  statutory  and  regulatory  requirements  with  respect  to  the 
environment; and 

  monitors  appropriately  its  environmental  management  and  performance,  and  is  committed  to  ensuring  proper 

rehabilitation on the sites where the Company has been conducting its exploration or operational activities 

SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE  

On 27 August 2010, as part of its commitment to environmental performance, the Board approved the establishment of a 
Safety,  Health  and  Environment  Committee.  The  role  and  responsibility  of  the  Safety,  Health  and  Environment 
Committee  is  set  out  in  a  formal  charter  adopted  by  the  Board,  which  is  summarised  in  the  Corporate  Governance 
Statement of this Annual Report. 

The  charter  reflects  the  Company's  commitment  to  achieving  continuous  improvement  in  targeting  high  environmental 
performance and best practice. 

Co-O GOLD PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS  

The Company's Co-O Gold Project has established processing facilities which are subject to regular inspections by the 
various authorities and which have achieved a high level of recognition for adherence to statutory requirements.  

The  Company's  mining  operations  are  underground  resulting  in  very  small  surface  footprints  for  each  operation. 
Rehabilitation of any disturbed areas around new operations is part of the Company's normal operating procedure. Water 
samples are taken on a regular basis to monitor water quality in and around the Company's facilities and the samples 
collected are analysed, with the results submitted to the relevant authorities. 

In all quarterly meetings and inspections by the different Multi-Partite Monitoring Teams for the mine and for the mill, the 
Company has been complimented on its environmental and social development programs. 

Photo: Water sampling of local streams  

Photo: Five hectare mangrove reforestation programme at Barobo.  

Page 41 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

The  Company  has  also  adopted  the  National  Greening  Programme  and  Adopt-a-Forest Programme  of  the  Philippines 
Government.  For  this  fiscal  year,  Philsaga  Mining  Corporation  and  Mindanao  Mineral  Processing  and  Refining 
Corporation  have  increased  the  reforestation  programme  to  254  hectares  within  the  areas  of  the  Company’s  two  host 
communities. Work during the year involved primarily re-planting and weed control. 

The  Company  owns  five  nurseries  producing  local  tree  species  for  reforestation  projects  as  well  as  the  rubber  tree 
seedlings necessary for the establishment of the rubber livelihood  programmes of the surrounding communities. At the 
end of the financial year, the nursery held over 200,000 seedlings. 

The  Co-O  Gold  Project  operates  under  the  terms  of  an  Environmental  Compliance  Certificate  (“ECC”)  which  was 
renewed  by  the  Philippines  Environmental  Management  Bureau  (“EMB”)  on  15  July  2009.  The  conditions  of  the  ECC 
require the Company to: 

 

institute  a  number  of  commitments,  mitigating  measures  and  monitoring  requirements  to  minimise  any  adverse 
impact of the project to the environment throughout its implementation, including: 

-  observing good vegetative practices, proper land use and sound soil management; 

-  conducting  an  effective  information,  education  and  communication  programme  to  inform  and  educate  all 

stakeholders, especially local residents, on the project’s mitigating measures; 

- 

rehabilitating roads with minimal land and ecological disturbance; and 

-  establishing a reforestation and carbon sink programme to mitigate greenhouse gas emissions of the project; 

  ensure  that  its  mining  and  milling  processing  operations  conform  with  the  provisions  of  R.A.  No,  6969  (Toxic 
Substances  and  Hazardous  and  Nuclear  Wastes  Control  Act  of  1990),  R.A.  No.  9003  (Ecological  Solid  Waste 
Management  Act  of  2000),  R.A.  No.  9275  (Philippine  Clean  Water  Act  of  2004),  and  R.A.  No.  8749  (Philippine 
Clean Air Act of 1999); 

  comply with the environmental management and protection requirements of the Philippine Mining Act of 1995 (RA. 
No. 7942) and its Revised Implementing Rules and Regulations (D A, O No, 96-40, as amended), as well as the 
pertinent  provisions  of  the  Memorandum  of  Agreement  between  the  EMB  and  Mines  and  Geosciences  Bureau 
(“MGB”) executed on 16 April 1998, which include: 

-  submitting an Environmental Protection and Enhancement Programme with the Final Mine Rehabilitation and/or 

Decommissioning Plan integrated thereto, to the MGB, for approval; 

-  setting up a Contingent Liability and Rehabilitation Fund and Environmental Trust Fund; 

-  maintaining  the  existing  Mine  Environmental  Protection  and  Enhancement  Office  to  competently  handle  the 

environmental aspects of the project; 

-  establishing a Mine Rehabilitation Fund Committee and Multipartite Monitoring Team; 

-  submitting a Social Development and Management Program; and 

-  designating a Community Relations Officer; 

  ensure that the Company's contractors and subcontractors properly comply with the relevant conditions of the ECC; 

and 

  protect the headwaters and natural springs/wells within the project site that are being utilised as sources of potable 

water by the community. 

Regular  water  testing  and  in-house  testing  of  cyanide  is  conducted  in  conjunction  with  24  hour  monitoring  of  tailings 
dams. 

The  Co-O  Gold  Project  remains  compliant  with  all  material  environmental  laws  and  regulations.  The  operations  are 
subject to regular inspections and monitoring by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau to ensure compliance. No material 
failures or material non-compliance issues were identified by the inspections during the year.  

During  the  year  a  filter  press  was  installed  to  improve  the  quality  of  the  water  pumped  out  of  the  mine  to  the  settling 
ponds.  The  press  removes  as  filter  cake  the  silt  resulting  from  settling  in  the  settling  ponds  and  thus  producing  clear 
water which is neutralised before release. 

The Company has likewise established materials recovery and solid waste management facilities for proper disposition 
of its domestic wastes. It maintains a “Reduce, Re-Use and Recycle” policy for all solid wastes.  

The  Company  has  commenced  an  ‘adopt-a-creek”  policy  whereby  two  2  kilometre  sections  of  the  Agsao  River  and 
Bayugan 3 Creek have been monitored for water quality as well as being cleaned up through removal of rubbish. 

Page 42 of 121 

 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

ISO 14001 COMPLIANCE 

On  30  April  2015,  the  Department  of  Environment  and  Natural  Resources  issued  Administrative  Order  2015-07 
mandating that all mining contractors secure ISO Certification within one year of the effectivity of the order. 

A qualified consultant has been appointed to assist the Company to secure its certification which should be completed 
during the second half of CY2016. 

CLIMATE CHANGE 

It is a condition of the ECC for operation of the Co-O Mine that it establishes a reforestation and carbon sink programme 
to mitigate greenhouse gas emissions of the project. The Company continues to comply with this condition, and all other 
conditions imposed on it under the ECC. 

The  Company  uses  primarily  grid  hydro  power  at  both  the  Co-O  Mine  and  Mill  as  its  primary  power  source  ensuring 
carbon dioxide emissions are minimised.  

     Acacia Magium                        

          Chelocostus Speciosus                                 Melastoma Spp       

     Caramus Spp                                              Pandanus Spp                                               Spathogiottis Picata            
      Photographs showing six local plant species  

WORKFORCE 
The Company is an equal opportunity employer that aims to provide a safe and healthy, hazard free work environment. 
As at  30 June 2015  the Company employed  2,471 regular workforce and  2,774 contract workers (mining, engineering, 
service provision, etc.).  

The Company enhances employee skills and productivity through the attendance at training programmes and provision of 
on-site  training  by  consultants.  Departmental  organisational  structures  ensure  that  career  advancement  pathways  are 
available for conscientious and productive employees. 

Page 43 of 121 

 
 
    
                                
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION, PROGRAMMES AND BENEFITS 

COMMITMENT 

Since  2001,  Philsaga  Mining  Corporation  has  established  an  enviable  record  in  the  local  communities  in  which  it 
operates. This record is acknowledged by municipal and regional governments, and at a national level.  

It is the Company’s objective to build on this record and strengthen reciprocal relationships between the Company and 
other organisations and the communities in which it operates. 

EDUCATION 

“Through  all  our  education  initiatives,  it  is  pleasing  to  report  that  about  8,800 

students are enrolled at the schools supported by the Company.” 

Scholarships 

The  Company  continues  to  provide  scholarship  programmes,  both  from  the  Social  Development  and  Management 
Programme (SDMP) and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) which commenced in 2003, including: 

  Full education scholarships currently support over 41 students;   

  Half scholarships support to 4 students; and 

  Educational assistance to 31 students. 

Company schools and Adopt-a-School programme 

During the year, the Company supported the Philsaga High School Foundation at the Co-O Mill site and the Upper Co-O 
Elementary  School  at  the  Co-O  Mine.  In  addition,  it  continued  its  “adopt–a-school”  programme  in  which  22  schools 
participated. Corporate sponsorship also assisted in achieving its aims.  

The following were achieved: 

  Supported the  wages and meals of all teachers and workers of Philsaga High School Foundation, The Company 

also continued to fund the provision of school equipment, books and other necessities 

  Provided funds for school preparations prior to opening of classes, as well as school materials to the children; 

  Provided monthly honoraria to 48 teachers and support for training seminars for teachers to upgrade their teaching 

skills, as well as provision of instructional materials; 

 

In conjunction with various partner agencies, provided school supplies for students; 

  Provided daily return bus services for high school students from remote areas to attend the Philsaga High School; 

and 

  Provided monthly honoraria to 20 day care workers of various communities serving 1,000 toddlers. 

Vocational training 

The Company regularly provides on-the-job training for student metallurgists, geologists, accountants other professions 
and tradesmen (electricians, carpenters, masonary workers etc) at its operations. 

LIVELIHOOD PROJECTS  

Rubber tree plantations  

The Company provides interest free loans in 
the form of rubber tree seedlings and other 
inputs to indigenous landowners for the 
establishment of rubber plantations that 
provide income for 50-60 years from around 
year seven. This year the planted area 
increased to approximately 401.5 hectares 
using seedlings generated in the Company’s 
own nurseries. 

   Photo: Established Rubber Tree Plantation located along side mill to mine access road 

Page 44 of 121 

 
 
 
          
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

Rice production financing 

This project has continued through the year aimed at progressively developing debt free farming communities through 
the provision of financing arrangements to qualified farmers. The programme is in its tenth cropping season and extends 
assistance to approximately 100 beneficiaries covering approximately 100 hectares of rice farms. 

The rice yield for each hectare financed is purchased by the Company at a price higher than prevailing market prices. 
This rice yield is milled and distributed to all its regular employees, the police and military units around the area and the 
various tribal communities in the host communities. 

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ASSISTANCE PROGRAMMES   

The Company continued to provide assistance with a number of community-based projects.  

Community health  

The  Company  provides  general  health  and  dental  services  to  its  employees  and  dependants,  as  well  as  residents  of 
surrounding communities and nearby municipalities.  

In addition to the 16 bed hospital at the Co-O Mine site, the Company provides a clinic at the mill site for employees and 
local residents.  

Fruit tree programs 

The adoption of four sitios (small villages) aims to provide a sustainable livelihood for the communities by the planting of 
suitable  fruit  trees  in  a  designated  communal  area.  The  programmes  have  the  technical  support  of  the  Department of 
Agriculture, and the Department of Trade and Industry conducts various financial seminars. 

An area of 50 hectares located in the Rosario municipality was planted with rambutan seedlings during the year. 

Institutional partnering 

The  Company  partners  with  various  local  government  departments  such  as  Department  of  Social  Work  and 
Development, Department of Labour and Employment, Department of Trade and Industry, Department of Agriculture and 
Department of Education to achieve common goals. This includes various indigenous cultural communities. 

The Company has an informal partnership with Caraga State University by means of supporting all its environmental and 
bio-diversity studies of the flora and fauna found around the mill and mine sites. 

Non-government organisation partnering 

The Company continues to provide assistance to local communities and foundations, including 

  An  orphanage  housing  26  boys  aged  6  to  17  years,  which  includes  a  programme  for  the  boys  to  develop  small 

business skills; and 

  Care for the Elderly and PWD which caters for 38 residents and 5 staff. 

These Foundations care for the abandoned or sick senior members of the community, orphaned or neglected children, 
children of indigenous people who have been deserted by their families and a group of talented and skilled handicapped 
associates. 

Support to the Livelihood Programmes of the Union 

The Company provides funds for the livelihood programmes of the Union (Philsaga Employees Labor Union-PTGWO) on 
a case by case basis, in conjunction with the Department of Labour and Employment.  

Support to the Flood Victims 

Agusan del Sur is subject to monsoonal rainfall every year which can result in flooding. During these times the Company 
is  always  prepared  to  provide  relief  goods  and  assistance  teams  to  the  host  municipalities,  and  to  other  more  distant 
municipalities. 

Support to the Peace and Order 

The Company provides funds for transportation, provisions and building materials to the various law enforcement units to 
assist in maintaining the peace and order situation in the Caraga Region. 

Other assistance programmes 

The  Company  provides  assistance  for  a  host  of  other  one-off  projects.  In  brief  for  the  2015  FY,  the  Company  has 
provided assistance for repair and upgrade of health and day centres, for the establishment of egg production and sorting 
Page 45 of 121 

 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

facilities,  training  in  food  processing,  provision  of  hogs  to  farmers  for  breeding,  construction  of  evacuation  centres, 
security  fencing  and  other  measures,  recycling  facilities,  provision  of  travel  allowances  for  health  workers,  funding  for 
road  building  and  maintenance  equipment,  provision  of  materials  for  construction  of  community  centres,  provision  of 
wheel  chairs,  provision  of  medicines  and  infant  monitoring  equipment,  provision  of  materials  for  school  construction, 
assistance with alleviating child mal-nourishment, provision of school buses, construction of rice milling and rice drying 
facilities, installation of potable water and water storage projects, construction of a birthing clinic, amongst a number of 
other smaller projects. 

EMPLOYMENT, LOCAL SUPPLIERS & PAYMENT OF LOCAL TAXES & WAGES  

The  Company  is  one  of  the  largest  tax  payers  in  the  district  and  the  province  of  Agusan  del  Sur  and  also  pays  a 1% 
gross royalty on gold production to indigenous groups.  

The  Company  has  a  strong  policy  of  “buy  and  manufacture  locally”  whenever  possible  for  the  provision  of  goods  and 
services to the project to maximise the multiplier effect locally.  

Page 46 of 121 

 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

PHILIPPINE GOVERNMENT 

EXECUTIVE ORDER ON MINING IN THE PHILIPPINES 

The  President  of  the  Philippines  on  9  July  2012  released  Executive  Order  No.79  (“EO-79”)  designed  to  improve  the 
alignment of the Philippines’ national and regional interests with those of the mining industry through the updating of key 
policies, including but not limited to: 

• 

• 

Improving transparency of the mining industry; 

Improving the fiscal return to the government from all future projects, primarily through increased royalty payments. 
The fiscal settings of current operations will be honoured. 

• 

Improving the return and timing of financial benefits to local governments; 

•  Tightening controls on illegal mining such as banning the use of mercury and restricting legitimate small scale mining 

activities to gold, silver and chromite; 

•  Ensuring that mining is not allowed on designated key tourist areas and prime agriculture lands; and 

•  Enforcement of strict environmental controls. 

The granting of construction permits for new projects will commence only after the new fiscal regime has been legislated. 
The fiscal settings of all existing contracts will be honoured. 

Implications of the Executive Order on Mining 
Co-O Operations 
The EO-79 will have no effect on the Co-O operations and the status quo will be maintained for this existing operation as 
it is linked to an existing mining agreement. 

There will be no change in the existing tax structure until such time as Congress amends and approves new mining taxes 
and royalties within the existing Mining Act. 

Bananghilig, Saugon, Guinhalinan & Lingig Projects 

The EO-79 will have no immediate impact on the Bananghilig, Saugon, Guinhalinan & Lingig Projects as the Company 
can continue to explore, conduct feasibility studies and planning.  

However, should any feasibility study be positive and the Company commits to developing one or more projects,  timely 
issuance  of  the  relevant  permits  to  commence  construction  maybe  subject  to  new  law  on  mining  taxes  and  royalties 
being proposed to Congress. 

Updates will be provided as relevant information becomes available. 

EXECUTIVE ORDER ON EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES TRANSPARENCY IN 
THE PHILIPPINES 

On 26 November 2013, Philippine President Benigno Aquino III signed Executive Order No. 147 entitled “Creating the 
Philippine Extractive industries transparency Initiative” (“EO-147”). 

Pursuant  to  Section  14  of  the EO-79,  the  Philippine  government  commits  to  participate  in  the  Extractive  Industries 
Transparency  Initiative  (EITI)  that  sets  international  standards  for  transparency  and  accountability  in  the  extractive 
industries  and  in  government.  Established  in  2003,  the  EITI  is  a  global  coalition  of  governments,  companies  and  civil 
society collaborating to improve honest and responsible management of revenues from natural resources, particularly oil, 
gas, metals and minerals. 

Through  EO-147,  the  Philippine  government  has  instituted  the  Philippine  Extractive  Industries  Transparency  Initiative 
(PH-EITI),  which  commits  to  ensure  greater  transparency  and  accountability  in  the  extractive  industries,  specifically  in 
the way the government collects, and companies pay taxes from extractive industries; 

The implications of the EO-147 with regards to the Company’s projects are not considered to have any negative impact 
and  the  Company  sees  the  Executive  Order  as  a  positive  commitment  by  the  Philippine  Government  to  adopt  good 
governance practices in accordance with International Guidelines of the EITI. The Company has progressed through the 
introductory  first  stage  of  the  compliance  requirements,  and  is  undergoing  the  second  stage  involving  auditing  of  the 
Company’s operations. 

Page 47 of 121 

 
 
 
REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

JORC 2012 COMPLIANCE - CONSENTS OF COMPETENT 
PERSONS 

Medusa Mining Limited  
Information in this report relating to  Exploration Results and Co-O Mine’s Mineral Resources has been directed and 
reviewed  by  Mr  Gary  Powell,  and  is  based  on  information  compiled  by  Philsaga  Mining  Corporation's  Co-O  mine-site 
technical personnel. Mr Powell is a member of The Australian Institute of Geoscientists and the Australasian Institute of 
Mining and Metallurgy. Mr Powell is Manager Geology and Resources, and is a full time employee of Medusa Mining Ltd, 
and has sufficient experience which is relevant to the styles of mineralisation and type of deposits under consideration 
and to the activities for which he is undertaking to qualify as a “Competent Person” as defined in the 2012 Edition of the 
“Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves”. Mr Powell consents to 
the inclusion in the report of the matters based on his information in the form and context in which it appears.  

Carras Mining Pty Ltd  
The Information in this report relating to  Ore Reserves is based on information compiled by Dr Spero Carras of Carras 
Mining Pty Ltd. Dr Carras has also acted as Independent Auditor of the Mineral Resources, and in this capacity Carras 
Mining Pty Ltd carried out parallel studies to validate the Mineral Resources estimated by Philsaga Mining Corporation's 
Co-O mine-site technical personnel. Dr Carras is a Fellow  of the Australasian Institute of Mining & Metallurgy and has 
more than 30 years of experience which is relevant to the style of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration 
and  to  the  activity  which  he  is  undertaking  to  qualify  as  a  Competent  Person  as  defined  in  the  2012  Edition  of  the 
“Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves”. Dr Carras consents to 
the inclusion in the report of the matters based on his information in the form and context in which it appears.  

Cube Consulting Pty Ltd  
The  information  in  this  report  that  relates  to  the  Bananghilig  and  Saugon  Mineral  Resources  is  based  on,  and  fairly 
represents  information  and  supporting  documentation  compiled  by  Mr  Mark  Zammit  of  Cube  Consulting  Pty  Ltd.  Mr 
Zammit also conducted an independent high level review of the FY2015 Co-O mineral resource estimation methodology. 
Mr Zammit is a member of the Australian Institute of Geoscientists and has sufficient experience which is relevant to the 
style of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and to the activity which he is undertaking to qualify as a 
Competent Person as defined in the 2012 Edition of the “Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral 
Resources and Ore Reserves”. Mr Zammit consents to the inclusion in the report of the matters based on his information 
in the form and context in which it appears.  

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This  report  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements.  The  words  'anticipate',  'believe',  'expect',  'project',  'forecast', 
'estimate',  'likely',  'intend',  'should',  'could',  'may',  'target',  'plan'  and  other  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify 
forward-looking statements. Indications of, and guidance on, future earnings and financial position and performance are 
also forward-looking statements.  
Such  forward-looking  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and  involve  known  and  unknown  risks, 
uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of Medusa, and its officers, employees, agents and 
associates, that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements.  
Actual results, performance or outcomes may differ materially from any projections and forward-looking statements and 
the assumptions on which those assumptions are based.  
You  should  not  place  undue  reliance  on  forward-looking  statements  and  neither  Medusa  nor  any  of  its  directors, 
employees, servants or agents assume any obligation to update such information. 

Page 48 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Medusa Mining Limited ("Medusa" or "the Company"), as a listed entity, must comply with the Corporations Act 2001 
(Cth) ("Corporations Act"), the Australian Securities Exchange ("ASX") Listing Rules ("ASX Listing Rules") and other 
Australian and international legal, regulatory and governance requirements. 

The Board of Directors of the Company ("Board") is committed to achieving and maintaining high standards of corporate 
governance.    The  Board  operates  in  accordance  with  a  set  of  corporate  governance  principles  that  take  into  account 
relevant  practice  recommendations,  having  regard  to  the  particular  circumstances  of  the  Company’s  business, 
operations and the interests of its shareholders and other stakeholders.  These include the ASX Corporate Governance 
Council’s  ("ASXCGC")  second  edition  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Principles  and  Recommendations  with  2010 
Amendments ("ASX Principles"). 

The Company's practices are largely consistent with the ASX Principles and, except as disclosed below, the Company 
believes it complied with each of those recommendations throughout the financial year e nded 30 June 2015 and to 
the date of this report.  Details of the Company's compliance with the ASX Principles are set out below, including 
details of specific disclosures required by the ASX Principles. 

Further information on the Company’s corporate governance policies and practices is publicly available on the Corporate 
Governance page of the Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

1. 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Role and Responsibilities of the Board 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 1.1, 1.3 

The  Board  has  adopted  a  Board  Charter  that  sets  out,  amongst  other  things,  its  specific  powers,  duties  and 
responsibilities,  as  well  as  matters  delegated  to  the  Managing  Director  and  those  specifically  reserved  for  the 
Board.  

The  Board’s  primary  role  is  to  guide  and  monitor  the  business  and  affairs  of  the  Group  on  behalf  of  the 
shareholders by whom the Board is elected and to whom it is accountable. 

In addition to matters required by law to be approved by the Board, the following key duties and responsibilities 
are reserved for the Board under the Board Charter:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

oversight of the Company, including its control and accountability systems; 

appointing and removing the Chief Executive Officer or Managing Director (as applicable) in respect of his or 
her executive role; 

ratifying the appointment and removal of the Company Secretary; 

providing input into and final approval of the Company’s corporate strategy; 

providing input into and final approval of the annual operating and capital budget of the Company; 

approving and monitoring the progress of acquisitions and divestments (as applicable); 

  monitoring compliance with the Company’s legal and regulatory obligations; 

 

reviewing and ratifying systems of risk management and internal compliance and controls, codes of conduct, 
continuous disclosure, legal compliance and other significant corporate policies; 

  monitoring  senior  management's  performance  and  implementation  of  strategy  and  policies,  and  ensuring 

appropriate resources are available to senior management; and 

 

approving  and  monitoring  financial  and  other  reporting  to  the  market,  shareholders,  employees  and  other 
stakeholders. 

The Board has delegated responsibilities for the day to day operational, corporate, financial and administrative 
activities of the Group to the Chief Executive Officer or Managing Director (as applicable) and the Chief Financial 
Officer.  

A  copy  of  the  Company's  Board  Charter  is  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  page  of  the  Company’s 
website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

Page 49 of 121 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Composition of the Board 

The  Board  comprises  of  three  Non-Executive  Directors  and  one  Executive  Director  (including  the  Managing 
Director).  

ASXCGC Recommendation 2.6 

Details of the skills, experience and expertise relevant to the position of each Director who is in office at the date 
of this report, and the period of office held by each Director, is included in the Directors’ Report on pages [58] to 
[60]. 

In assessing the composition of the Board, the Directors have regard to the following principles: 

 

 

 

 

 

the Chairperson should be an independent Non-Executive Director; 

the role of the Chairperson and the Managing Director should not be exercised by the same person; 

the  Board  should  comprise  of  at  least  three  Directors,  increasing  where  additional  expertise  is 
considered desirable in certain areas, when an outstanding candidate is identified, or to ensure a smooth 
transition between outgoing and incoming Non-Executive Directors; 

the majority of the Board should comprise independent Non-Executive Directors who satisfy the criterion 
for  independence  (see  below  for  the  criterion  for  determining  when  a  Director  is  considered  to  be 
independent); and 

the  Board  should  comprise  Directors  with  an  appropriate  range  of  skills,  qualifications,  expertise  and 
experience. 

For  the  time  being,  the  Board  has  determined  that  the  number  of  Directors  on  the  Board  should  be  four, 
comprised of three Non-Executive Directors and one Executive Director (including the Managing Director).  The 
Board  reviews  its  size  and  composition  annually  to  ensure  that  it  has  the  appropriate  balance  of  skills, 
qualifications,  expertise  and  experience.    When  a  vacancy  exists,  or  where  the  Board  considers  that  it  would 
benefit  from  the  services  of  a  new  Director  with  particular  skills,  qualifications,  expertise  and  experience,  the 
Board  will  endeavour  to  select  and  appoint  appropriate  candidates  with  the  relevant  skills,  qualifications, 
expertise and experience.   

Section 3 of this Corporate Governance Statement provides further information on the mix of skills and diversity 
the Board seeks to achieve in membership of the Board. 

Directors  appointed  by  the  Board  are  subject  to  election  by  shareholders  at  the  next  annual  general  meeting 
following their appointment.  With the exception of the Managing Director, all Directors are subject to re-election 
in accordance with the Company's constitution. 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 2.1, 2.2, 2.6 

The  Board  has  determined  (according  to  the  criteria  below)  that  Andrew  Teo,  Robert  Weinberg,  and  Ciceron 
Angeles  are  independent  Non-Executive  Directors.    The  Board  is,  therefore,  comprised  of  a  majority  of 
independent Directors.  Further, the Board is chaired by Andrew Teo, an independent Non-Executive Director. 

When determining whether a Director is independent, the Board considers all relevant facts and circumstances.  
The Board considers that a Director will be independent if he or she is a person who: 

 

is  not  a  substantial  shareholder  of  the  Company,  or  an  officer  of,  or  otherwise  associated  directly  with,  a 
substantial shareholder of the Company; 

  has not, within the last three years, been employed in an executive capacity by the Company; 

  has  not,  within  the  last  three  years,  been  a  principal  of  a  material  professional  adviser  or  a  material 

consultant to the Company, or an employee materially associated with the service provided; 

 

is  not  a  material  supplier  or  customer  of  the  Company,  or  an  officer  of  or  otherwise  associated  directly  or 
indirectly with a material supplier or customer; 

  has no material contractual relationship with the Company, other than as a Director; and 

 

is  free  from  any  interest  and  any  business  or  other  relationship  which  could,  or  could  reasonably  be 
perceived to, materially interfere with the Director's ability to act in the best interest of the Company. 

Page 50 of 121 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The Board does not consider the following Directors to be independent: 

  Peter  Hepburn  Brown  because  he  was  employed  in  an  executive  capacity  by  Medusa  as  its  Managing 

Director (Mr Hepburn-Brown resigned on 19 August 2014); and 

  Raul  Villanueva  because  he  is  currently  employed  in  an  executive  capacity  by  Medusa  as  an  Executive 

Director. 

The test of whether a relationship or business is material is based on the nature of the relationship or business 
and  the  circumstances  and  activities  of  the  Director.    Materiality  is  considered  from  the  perspective  of  the 
Company, the persons or organisations with which the Director has an affiliation and from the perspective of the 
Director.  To assist in assessing the materiality of a supplier or customer the Board has adopted the following 
materiality thresholds: 

  a  material  customer  is  a  customer  of  the  Company  that  accounts  for  more  than  5%  of  the  Group's 

consolidated gross revenue; and 

  a  supplier  is  material  if  the  Company  accounts  for  more  than  5%  of  the  supplier's  consolidated  gross 

revenue. 

Chairperson and Managing Director 

ASXCGC Recommendation 2.3 

The roles of Chairperson and Managing Director are separate roles and held by different individuals. 

The Chairperson, Andrew Teo, is responsible for, amongst other things, leadership and effective performance of 
the Board and overseeing the provision of information by management to the Board and ensuring the adequacy 
of  that  information.    The  Managing  Director,  Peter  Hepburn-Brown,  was  responsible  for  the  day-to-day 
management  of  the  Company  and  he  resigned  on  19  August  2014.  Currently  the  Company  does  not  have  a 
Managing Director. 

The Chairperson's and Managing Director's responsibilities are set out in more detail in the Board Charter, which 
is available on the Corporate Governance page of the Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

Performance evaluation 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 1.2, 1.3, 2.5, 2.6 

The  Company's  Nomination  Committee  Charter  requires  the  Nomination  Committee  to  establish  evaluation 
methods of rating the performance of the Directors and to conduct assessments of Directors as to whether they 
have devoted sufficient time in fulfilling their duties as Directors.   

The Director evaluation methods established by the Company’s Nomination Committee included a review of the 
performance of the Board and each of its Committees against the requirements of their respective charters and 
the individual performances of the Non-Executive Chairperson and each Director.  

During the reporting period, the Nomination Committee met on one occasion to evaluate the performance of the 
Board, its Committees and individual Directors in accordance with the above evaluation process. 

Details  of  the  process  for  evaluating  the  performance  of  Senior  Executives  and  Executive  Directors,  and  the 
conduct of that process in the reporting period, are included in the Remuneration Report, which forms part of the 
Directors' Report on pages [62] to [73].   

Details of Directors' attendance at Board meetings are set out in the Directors' Report on page [60]. 

Board access to independent advice 

ASXCGC Recommendation 2.6 

Each  Director  is  entitled  to  seek  such  independent  professional  advice  as  they  consider  necessary  in  the 
furtherance  of  his  or  her  duties  as  a  Director  at  the  Company’s  expense.    Any  Director  seeking  independent 
advice must first discuss the request with the Chairperson, who will facilitate obtaining such advice. 

2. 

BOARD COMMITTEES 

Nomination Committee 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 2.4, 2.6 

The  Board  has  established  a  Nomination  Committee,  which  operates  under  a  Nomination  Committee  Charter 
approved by the Board.  A copy of the Nomination Committee Charter is available on the Corporate Governance 
page  of  the  Company’s  website  at  www.medusamining.com.au,  and  includes  details  of,  amongst  other  things, 
the role and responsibilities, composition and structure of the Nomination Committee. 

Page 51 of 121 

 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The  role  of  the  Nomination  Committee  Charter  is  to  assist  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  corporate  governance 
obligations and responsibilities by: 

  monitoring the size and composition of the Board, including giving due consideration to the value of diversity 

of backgrounds and experiences among the members of the Board; 

 

 

recommending individuals for nomination as members of the Board and Committees; and 

reviewing the performance of the Board to ensure that its members remain committed and are adequately 
discharging their duties and responsibilities. 

The  Nomination  Committee  consists  of  Ciceron  Angeles  (as  Chairman  of  the  Nomination  Committee)  Andrew 
Teo and Raul Villanueva. Peter Hepburn-Brown was a member of the Committee prior to his resignation on 19 
August  2014.  The  Nomination  Committee,  therefore,  comprises  a  majority  of  independent  Directors  and  is 
chaired  by  an  independent  chair.  One  meeting  of  the  Nomination  Committee  was  held  during  the  reporting 
period and details of the members’ attendance at these meetings are included in the Directors' Report on page 
[60].  

Remuneration Committee 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 

The  Board  has  established  a  Remuneration  Committee,  which  operates  under  a  Remuneration  Committee 
Charter approved by the Board.  A copy of the Remuneration Committee Charter  is available on the Corporate 
Governance  page  of  the  Company’s  website  at  www.medusamining.com.au,  and  includes  details  of,  amongst 
other things, the role and responsibilities, composition and structure of the Remuneration Committee. 

The  role  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  is  to  assist  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  corporate  governance 
responsibilities with respect to remuneration by reviewing and making appropriate recommendations on: 

 

the remuneration packages of Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors and Senior Executives; 

  employee incentive plans and benefit programs, including the appropriateness of performance hurdles and 

total payments proposed; 

 

remuneration, recruitment, retention and termination policies and procedures; 

  superannuation arrangements; 

  employee equity based plans and schemes; and 

 

remuneration by gender.  

The members of the Remuneration Committee, who are all Non-Executive Directors,  are Robert Weinberg (as 
Chairperson of the Remuneration Committee), Andrew Teo and Ciceron Angeles. Peter Hepburn-Brown was a 
member  of  the  Committee  until  his  resignation  on  19  August  2014.  The  Remuneration  Committee,  therefore, 
comprises  a  majority  of  independent  Directors  and  is  chaired  by  an  independent  chair  as  recommended  by 
ASXCGC  Recommendation  8.2.    One  meeting  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  was  held  during  the  reporting 
period and details of the members’ attendance at these meetings are included  in the Directors’ Report on page 
[60].   

The Board's policy is that reviews of remuneration packages and policies applicable to Executive Directors, Non-
Executive  Directors  and  Senior  Executives  are  to  be  conducted  on  an  annual  basis  by  the  Remuneration 
Committee.   

Details  on  the  Company's  remuneration  policies,  including  how  the  structure  of  the  remuneration  of  Non-
Executive Directors is distinguished from that of Executive Directors and Senior Executives, are included in the 
Remuneration Report, which forms part of the Directors’ Report on page [63]. 

No schemes for the provision of retirement benefits, other than the provision of superannuation, are provided by 
the Company for the benefit of Non-Executive Directors. 

Consistent with section 206J of the Corporations Act, it is the Company's policy to prohibit Directors and Senior 
Executives from dealing in financial products issued or created over or in respect of the Company's securities (eg 
hedges or derivatives), where that dealing has the effect of reducing or eliminating the risk associated with any 
equity incentives that the Company may offer from time to time.  This is further detailed in the Directors'  Report 
on page [69].  A copy of the Company's Share Trading Policy is available on the Corporate Governance page of 
the Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au.  

Page 52 of 121 

 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Audit Committee 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 

The Board has established an Audit Committee, which operates under an Audit Committee Charter approved by 
the  Board.    A  copy  of  the  Audit  Committee  Charter  is  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  page  of  the 
Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au, and includes details  of, amongst other things, the role and 
responsibilities, composition and structure of the Audit Committee. 

The  role  of  the  Audit  Committee  is  to  assist  the  Board  to  meet  its  oversight  responsibilities  in  relation  to  the 
Company's  financial  reporting,  compliance  with  legal  and  regulatory  requirements,  internal  control  framework 
and audit functions.  

The Audit Committee's role also includes assessing the performance of the external auditor and, as appropriate, 
making recommendations to the Board on the appointment, re-appointment or replacement of the external 
auditor.  Information on the Company's procedures for the selection and appointment of the external auditor and 
for the rotation of external audit engagement directors or partners is set out in the Company's External Auditor 
Selection and Rotation Policy, which is available on the Corporate Governance page of the Company's website 
at www.medusamining.com.au. 

The  members  of  the  Audit  Committee,  who  are  all  Non-Executive  Directors,  are  Ciceron  Angeles  (as 
Chairperson of the Audit Committee),  Andrew Teo, and Robert Weinberg. Gary Powell retired as a Committee 
member on 7 December November 2014.  The Audit Committee therefore, comprises a majority of independent 
Directors and is chaired by an independent chair as recommended by ASXCGC Recommendation 4.2.   

Details  of  the  qualifications  of  each  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  are  included  in  the  Directors’  Report  on 
pages [58] to [60].  

Two  meetings  of  the  Audit  Committee  were  held  during  the  reporting  period  and  details  of  the  members’ 
attendance at these meetings are included in the Directors’ Report on page [60]. 

Safety, Health and Environmental Committee 

The  Board  has  established  a  Safety,  Health  and  Environmental  Committee,  which  operates  under  a  Safety, 
Health and Environmental Committee Charter approved by the Board.   

A copy of the  Safety, Health and Environmental Committee Charter is available on the Corporate Governance 
page of the Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

The role of the Safety, Health and Environmental Committee is to provide oversight of the Company's policies 
and  systems  relating  to  safety,  health  and  the  environment,  as  well  as  target  high  safety,  health  and 
environmental performance and best practices.  The Safety, Health and Environmental Committee is mandated 
by the Board to: 

 

facilitate company-wide communication of a high performance safety, health and environmental culture and 
an awareness of seeking best practice and measurable goals; 

  ensure  adequate  resources  are  available  to  management  to  implement  appropriate  safety,  health  and 

environment systems; 

  oversee  management  implementation  of  a  safety,  health  and  environment  performance  measurement 
system  that  can  determine  safety,  health  and  environment  performance  and  whether  there  is  continuous 
improvement; 

  use safety,  health  and  environment  performance measures  to  monitor compliance  with  legal  requirements 
and internal targets, as well as to communicate Medusa's safety, health and environmental commitment to 
shareholders, stakeholders and employees; 

  oversee  management  implementation  of  a  safety,  health  and  environment  compliance  audit  programme, 
including evaluation of risk exposures and control actions and also receive regular reports of the impact of 
proposed regulatory changes, material claims and ways to achieve continuous improvement in the areas of 
safety, health and environment; 

 

receive  quarterly  safety,  health  and  environment  performance  reports  from  management  that  include 
environmental, health and safety issues of a material nature, details of accidents and incidents and statistics 
concerning relative performance and continuous improvement; and 

  provide feedback to management of safety, health and environment goals, policies, practices and systems. 

The  Safety,  Health  and  Environmental  Committee  consisted  of  Raul  Villanueva  (as  Chairperson  of  the  Safety, 
Health and Environmental Committee and appointed on 23 February 2015), Andrew Teo and Robert Weinberg. 
Geoffrey  Davis  and  Robert  Gregory  were  appointed  as  Committee  members  on  23  February  2015  and  Mr 
Hepburn-Brown resigned on 19 August 2014. 

3 meetings of the Safety, Health and Environmental Committee were held during the reporting period and details 
of the members’ attendance at these meetings are included in the Directors’ Report on page [60]. 

Page 53 of 121 

 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

3. 

PROMOTING ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE DECISION MAKING 

Code of Conduct 

ASXCGC Recommendation 3.1 

The Company has a formal Code of Conduct, which outlines the Company's commitment to appropriate ethical 
and responsible decision making and corporate practices.   

The Code of Conduct describes how the Company expects its Directors and employees to behave in the conduct 
of the Company's business activities.  The Code of Conduct covers matters including:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

general principles; 

compliance with laws and regulations; 

political contributions; 

unacceptable payments; 

giving or receiving gifts; 

protection of Company assets; 

proper accounting; 

dealing with auditors; 

unauthorised public statements; 

conflict of interest; 

the use of inside information; 

trading of the Company’s shares; 

alcohol and drug abuse; 

equal opportunity and employee discrimination, 

environmental responsibilities; 

occupational health and safety; and 

economy and efficiency. 

All  employees  are  required  to  comply  with  the  Code  of  Conduct.    Any  breach  of  applicable  laws,  prevailing 
business  ethics  or  other  aspects  of  the  Code  of  Conduct  will  result  in  disciplinary  action,  which  may  include, 
depending on the severity of the breach, termination of employment.  Under the Code of Conduct, all employees 
are requested to report immediately any circumstances which may involve deviation from the Code of Conduct to 
the  Managing  Director  or  Company  Secretary  of  the  Company,  who  are  responsible  for  investigating  and 
reporting any unethical practices to the Board.   

A  copy  of  the  Code  of  Conduct  is  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  page  of  the  Company’s  website  at 
www.medusamining.com.au. 

Diversity Policy 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5 

Recommendation  3.2  of  the  ASX  Principles  provides  that  a  company  should  establish  a  policy  concerning 
diversity and disclose that policy or a summary of it.  Such a policy is to include requirements for the board to 
establish measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity for the board to assess annually in respect of both 
the objectives and progress in achieving them. 

The Board is committed to engaging directors, management and employees with the highest qualifications, skills 
and experience to develop a cohesive team that is best placed to achieve business success regardless of age, 
nationality,  race,  gender,  religious  beliefs,  sexuality,  physical  ability  or  cultural background.  The  Board has  not 
adopted a formal diversity policy as recommended by Recommendation 3.2 of the ASX Principles as it believes 
its  current  processes  and  policies  for  recruitment  and  appointment  are  appropriate  and  adequately  take  into 
account  diversity  amongst  a  number  of  factors  considered  by  the  Company  in  ensuring  its  Directors  and 
workforce  have  an  appropriate  mix  of  qualifications,  experience  and  expertise.  The  Board  does,  however, 
recognise  that  diversity  makes  an  important  contribution  to  corporate  success  and  the  Company  considers 
diversity as one of a number of factors when seeking to appoint Directors, filling Senior Management roles and 
positions  and  reviewing  recruitment,  retention  and  management  practices,  notwithstanding  the  absence  of  a 
formal diversity policy.   

Recommendation  3.3  of  the  ASX  Principles  provides  that  a  company  should  disclose  in  its  annual  report  the 
measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set by the board in accordance with the diversity policy and 
its progress towards achieving them.  The Board has not at this stage adopted a formal diversity policy for the 
reasons set out above and, consequently, has not set measurable objectives under such a policy.  The Board 
considers that it is not necessary to set measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity as recommended 
by the ASX Principles.   

Page 54 of 121 

 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

While the Company considers diversity is important, the priority for the Company when recruiting is ensuring an 
appropriate mix of qualifications, experience and expertise regardless of age, , however, generally make it clear 
when seeking to appoint additional Directors, senior management and employees that women are encouraged to 
apply for roles and that the Company is an equal opportunity employer. 

In accordance with Recommendation 3.4 of the ASX Principles, the Medusa workforce gender profile is set out in 
the following table: 

Role type 

Technical 

Supervisory / professional 

Middle management 

Senior Management 

Total 

Board members 

Share Trading Policy 

Female 

Female % 

Male 

Male% 

20 

9 

7 

2 

38 

- 

38% 

8% 

25% 

14% 

18% 

- 

33 

108 

21 

12 

174 

4 

62% 

92% 

75% 

86% 

82% 

100% 

Whilst the Board encourages its Directors and employees to own securities in the Company, it is also mindful of 
the responsibility of the Company, its Directors and employees not to contravene the Corporation Act's "insider 
trading" provisions.  

The Board has approved a Share Trading Policy that applies to all Directors and all employees of the Company.   

In summary, the policy prohibits Directors and employees from trading in the Company's securities: 

  when  aware  of  non-public  price  sensitive  information,  until  such  time  as  that  information  has  become 

generally available; and 

 

as part of active trading with a view to deriving profit related income.  

The Share Trading Policy is subject to the overriding application of the insider trading laws. 

The Company delisted from the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange on 23 May 2014. During this period 
Directors and applicable employees were subject to the rules of that Exchange  which disallowed Directors and 
applicable employees from dealing in the Company's shares during a close period. This practice has continued 
to date. 

A Director or employee wishing to deal in the Company's shares must first notify the  Chief Executive Officer or 
Managing Director (as applicable) and confirm that the employee is not aware of any non-public price sensitive 
information. 

A copy of the Share Trading Policy is available on the Corporate Governance page of the Company’s website at 
www.medusamining.com.au. 

4. 

RISK MANAGEMENT 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 7.1, 7.2 

The Board recognises that risk oversight is a core function of the Board that serves in protecting and enhancing 
shareholder wealth. 

The Board has approved a Risk Management Policy that outlines the Company's policies  for the oversight and 
management of material business risks and the design, implementation and monitoring of an internal compliance 
and control framework.  A copy of the Risk Management Policy is available on the Corporate Governance page 
of the Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

The Board is ultimately responsible for the oversight and management of material business risks.  However, the 
design  and  implementation  of  the  risk  management  policy  and  the  day  to  day  management  of  risk  is  the 
responsibility of the Managing Director, with the assistance of Senior Management.  

The Chief executive Officer or Managing Director (as applicable) is responsible for reporting directly to the Board 
on  all  matters  associated  with  risk  management  and  in  fulfilling  his  duties,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  or 
Managing Director (as applicable) has unrestricted access to all Company employees, contractors and records 
and may obtain independent expert advice on any matters he deems appropriate. 

Whilst the Board acknowledges that it is responsible for the overall internal control framework, it is also cognisant 
that no cost-effective internal control system will preclude all errors and irregularities. 

The Company's main business risks are determined by the nature of its business activities and assets. There are 
numerous factors (both external and internal) that could influence the risk profile of the Company. 

External risk factors that could influence the risk profile of the Company include: 

 

 

state or health of the industry sector; 

competition; 

  market share (size); 

Page 55 of 121 

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

 

 

 

 

 

industrial relations; 

foreign exchange and interest rates; 

equity and commodity prices; 

political views; and 

a nation’s economic well-being.   

Internal risk factors that could influence the risk profile of the Company include: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

operational performance; 

compliance; 

commercial dealings and relationships; 

financial control; 

information systems and technology; 

people and skills; and 

quality of management. 

The  Company’s  risk  management  system  is  continuously  developing  and  will  evolve  with  the  evolution  and 
growth of the Company’s activities. 

Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer assurance 

 ASX Principles, Recommendations 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 

Before  the  adoption  by  the  Board  of  the  of  the  Company's  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  30  June 
2015,  the  Board  receives  written  declarations  from  the  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  in 
accordance  with  section  295A  of  the  Corporations  Act,  that  the  financial  records  of  the  Company  have  been 
properly maintained in accordance with section 286 of the Corporations Act and that the Company’s financial 
statements and notes comply with the accounting standards and present a true and fair view of the consolidated 
entity’s financial position and performance for the financial period.  

The Managing Director and the Chief Financial Officer have also to state in writing to the Board that the above 
declaration  is  founded  on  a  sound  system  of  risk  management  and  internal  control  and  that  the  system  is 
operating  effectively  in  all  material  respects  in  relation  to  financial  reporting  risks.    In  addition,  during  the 
reporting  period  the  Managing  Director  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  report  to  the  Board  as  to  the 
effectiveness of the Company's management of its material business risks. 

Due  to  the  resignation  of  the  Managing  Director  Mr  Peter  Hepburn-Brown  on  19  August  2014,  the  Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer provided the signed declaration. 

5. 

CONTINUOUS DISCLOSURE 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 5.1, 5.2 

The  Company  is  subject to continuous  disclosure  obligations  under  the  ASX  Listing  Rules  and the  Corporations 
Act.    Subject  to  limited  exceptions,  the  Company  must  immediately  notify  the  market,  through  ASX,  of  any 
information that a reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the price or value of its securities.  
The  Board  has  approved  a  Continuous  Disclosure  Policy  to  reinforce  the  Company's  commitment  to  complying 
with  its  continuous  disclosure  obligations  and  outline  management's  accountabilities  and  the  processes  to  be 
followed  for  ensuring  compliance.    A  copy  of  the  Continuous  Disclosure  Policy  is  available  on  the  Corporate 
Governance page of the Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au. 

The Managing Director and Company Secretary are responsible for ensuring that the Continuous Disclosure Policy 
is implemented and enforced, and that the Company complies with its continuous disclosure obligations. 

6. 

SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATION 

ASX Principles, Recommendations 6.1, 6.2 

The  Board  has  approved  a  Shareholder  Communications  Policy  to  promote  effective  communications  with  its 
shareholders  and  encourage  effective  participation  at  general  meetings.    In  accordance  with  this  policy  the 
Company  maintains  a  website  at  www.medusamining.com.au  on  which  the  Company  provides,  amongst  other 
things, the following information: 

 

 

 

 

 

company announcements released to ASX for disclosure and related information (including presentations 
and briefings to analysts and media); 

notices of meetings and explanatory materials; 

quarterly reports, containing details of the Company’s activities and consolidated statements of cash flows; 

half-yearly  reports,  containing  consolidated  financial  information  and  a  brief  overview  of  the  Company’s 
activities; and 

annual reports, which include a review of the Company’s operations and financial results for the year.  

Page 56 of 121 

 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Annual  reports  are  distributed  in  hard  copy  to  shareholders  who  have  registered  their  election  with  the 
Company's share registry to receive the annual report in hard copy. 

The  Board  encourages  participation  of  shareholders  at  general  meetings  of  the  Company.    The  Company’s 
external  auditor  attends  the  Company’s  annual  general  meeting  to  answer  shareholder  questions  about  the 
conduct  of  the  audit,  the  preparation  and  content  of  the  audit  report,  the  accounting  policies  adopted  by  the 
Company and the independence of the auditor in relation to the conduct of the audit. 

A  copy  of  the  Shareholder  Communications  Policy  is  available  on  the  Corporate  Governance  page  of  the 
Company’s website at www.medusamining.com.au  

Page 57 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

1. 

DIRECTORS 

  The names of Directors in office at any time during or since the end of the financial year are:  

Name of Director 

Period of Directorship 

Non-Executive Directors: 

Mr Andrew Boon San Teo (Chairman) 

since 15 February 2010 (appointed Chairman on 22 Nov 2013) 

Dr Robert Maurice Weinberg 

Mr Ciceron Angeles 

Mr Gary Raymond Powell 

Executive Directors: 

since 01 July 2006 

since 28 June 2011 

since 24 January 2013 (resigned 7 December 2014) 

Mr Peter Gordon Hepburn-Brown (Managing Director) 

since 15 September 2009 (resigned on 19 August 2014) 

Mr Raul Conde Villanueva 

since 24 January 2013 

Each of the Directors, unless  otherwise stated above, has been in office since the start of the financial year 
to the date of this report. 

2. 

  DIRECTORS’ INFORMATION 

Mr Andrew Boon San Teo 
B.Com, UWA, (CPA)  
Independent Non-Executive Chairman (appointed 22 November 2013) 

Mr Teo is an accountant with 36 years of extensive and diversified experience in accounting, treasury, corporate, 
legal  and  business  administration  across  several  industries,  including  the  mining  industry.  He  is  currently  the 
Chief  Financial  Officer/Executive  Director  of  BGC  (Australia)  Pty  Ltd,  one  of  Australia’s  largest  privately  owned 
companies, with annual turnover in excess of $2 billion and 7,000 plus staff (including sub-contractors). 

Mr Teo is a member of the  Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee, Nomination Committee and the Safety, 
Health & Environment Committee. 

Dr Robert Maurice Weinberg 
BA (Hons) Geology, MA, DPhil, FGS, FIMMM 
Independent Non-Executive Director  

London based Dr Robert Weinberg gained his doctorate in geology from Oxford University and has over 40 years’ 
experience in the international mining industry. He is an independent mining analyst and consultant, a Fellow of 
the Geological Society of London and also a Fellow of the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining. 

Dr Weinberg brings a wealth of gold marketing and investment banking experience to the Company having held 
executive positions that include being Managing Director, Institutional Investments at the World Gold Council, and 
Director of the Investment Banking & Equities division at Deutsche Bank in London, Head of the Global Mining 
Research  team  at  SG Warburg  Securities.  Dr Weinberg  has  also held  senior positions  within  Société  Générale 
and  was  head  of  the  mining  team  at  James  Capel  &  Co.  He  was  formerly  marketing  manager  of  the  gold  and 
uranium division of Anglo American Corporation of South Africa Ltd. 

Dr Weinberg is currently an independent Non-Executive Director of SolGold Plc (appointed 22 November 2005), a 
company  listed  on  the  Alternative  Investment  Market  (AIM),  London.  Dr  Weinberg  was  an  independent  Non-
Executive Director of Chaarat Gold Holdings Ltd (from 10  January 2011 to 4 May 2014), also listed on AIM and 
Kasbah Resources Ltd (from 15 November 2006 to 10 June 2015), an ASX listed entity.  

Dr  Weinberg  is  Chairman  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  and  is  also  a  member  of  the  Safety,  Health  & 
Environment Committee and Audit Committee. 

Page 58 of 121 

 
 
 
 
    
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

Mr Ciceron. A. Angeles 
B.Sc (Geology), MAppSc (Mineral Exploration), FAusIMM (CP), FSEG. 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Philippines based, Mr Angeles is a geologist with over 35 years of experience in gold and base metal exploration 
in  Asia,  mainly  Philippines,  Indonesia,  China,  Malaysia  and  Iran.  His  specialisations  include  epithermal  gold-
silver, porphyry copper-gold and Carlin styles of mineralisation. 

Mr  Angeles  obtained  his  MAppSc  in  Mineral  Exploration  from  the  University  of  New  South  Wales,  Australia  in 
1985 and is a Fellow and accredited Chartered Professional (CP) in the discipline of geology of the Australasian 
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy (AusIMM) and a Fellow of the Society of Economic Geologists. He was also the 
Asia Exploration Manager for Newcrest Mining during which time Newcrest brought the Gosowong Gold Mine into 
production.  

Mr Angeles was the Technical Director of GGG Resources plc, a company listed on the ASX in Australia and AIM 
in London, from 3 September 2009 until his resignation on 15 March 2012. 

Mr Angeles is Chairman of the Nomination Committee and Audit Committee and a member of the Remuneration 
Committee. 

Mr Gary Raymond Powell 
B.App.Sc. (Geology) 
Member, Australian Institute of Geoscientists 
Member, Australasian Institute of Mining & Metallurgy 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Resigned 8 December 2014 

Mr  Gary  Powell  was  appointed  Non-executive  Director  on  24  January  2013  and  brings  Philippines  operating 
experience to the Board. Mr Powell is a geologist with 32 years of experience working in Australia, Central Asia 
and importantly, since 1997, the Philippines. 

Mr  Powell  has  worked  for  major  and  junior  companies  as  an  employee  and  on  a  consulting  basis.  He  was  a 
founding and Managing Director of ASX listed Egerton Gold NL from 1993 to 2000, and more recently a founding, 
Non-Executive and then Executive Director from 2004 to 2009 of Metals Exploration plc listed on the Alternative 
Investment Market (AIM) in the United Kingdom. In his role with Metals Exploration plc, Mr Powell managed the 
progressing of the Runruno Gold Deposit in the Philippines to the drilled up resource stage (and which is now in 
construction with forecast production in 2015). 

Mr Powell has been overseeing the resource definition at the Company’s Co-O Mine and Bananghilig Project and 
continues to consult to the Company as required. 

Mr Powell was appointed as the Chairman of the Audit Committee on 26 February 2014. 

Mr Powell resigned from the Board and the Audit Committee on 8 December 2014. 

Mr Peter Gordon Hepburn-Brown 
BAppSc-Mining Engineering (1980), Grad Dip Human Resources (1996), Member of Inst of Engineers, Australia  
Managing Director 
Resigned 19 August 2014 

Mr Peter Hepburn-Brown who was appointed Managing Director on 9 June 2011, joined the Board of Medusa on 
15 September 2009, and was the Company’s Executive Director - Operations since 27 July 2010. He is a mining 
engineer  with  36  years  of  experience  in  a  wide  range  of  mining  situations,  commodities  and  overseas 
jurisdictions. He has held senior management positions such as Executive Director Operations for Harmony Gold 
Australia,  General  Manager  Operations  for  Great  Central  Mines,  as  well  as  other  executive,  operational  and 
consulting positions. 

Mr  Hepburn-Brown's  experience  includes  hands-on  shaft  sinking  and  airleg  mining  in  narrow  vein  mines, 
experience that is well suited to the Company's current operations in the Philippines, as well as mining large open 
pit,  disseminated  ore  bodies.  Mr  Hepburn-Brown  has  a  proven  track  record  and  his  skills  and  experience 
complement those of his fellow Board members.  

Mr  Hepburn-Brown  was  appointed  an  independent  Non-Executive  Director  of  MRL  Corporation  Limited,  a 
company listed on the ASX in Australia, on 7 February 2014. Mr Hepburn-Brown was a Non-Executive Director of 
Alloy  Resources  Limited,  an  ASX  listed  entity,  from  2  June  2004  to  30  November  2010.  During  the  past  three 
years, Mr Hepburn-Brown also  served as a Non-executive Director of Morning Star Gold NL, an entity listed on 
the ASX from 18 February 2010 to 1 February 2011. 

Mr  Hepburn-Brown  was  also  the  Chairman  of  the  Health  &  Safety  and  Nomination  Committees  and  was 
appointed to the Remuneration Committee on 22 November 2013. 

Mr Hepburn-Brown has resigned as Managing Director and as a member of all Committees on 19 August 2014. 

Page 59 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

Mr Raul Conde Villanueva 
LL.B., Attorney and Counselor-at-Law 
Executive Director 

Attorney  Raul  Villanueva  was  appointed  an  Executive  Director  of  Medusa  on  24  January  2013  following  his 
appointment  as  President  of  the  Company’s  Philippines  operating  company,  Philsaga  Mining  Corporation 
(“Philsaga”) in December 2012.  

Attorney  Villanueva  who  has  Bachelor  degrees  in  Economics,  Military  Science  &  Tactics,  and  Law  has  been  a 
member of the Integrated Bar of the Philippines and an Attorney and Counselor-at-Law since 1994. He brings a 
focused  approach  to  improving  the  operating  systems  and  professionalism  of  the  Company,  based  on  his 
education  and  several  years  of  experience  in  law  as  well  as  managing  companies  and  will  further  align  the 
objectives of the Medusa Group of Companies. 
Mr  Villanueva  was  appointed  as  Chairman  of  The  Safety,  Health  and  Environment  Committee  on  23  February 
2015 and is a member of the Nomination Committee. 

3.  COMPANY SECRETARY 

Mr Peter Alphonso 
B.Com, UWA (CPA) 

Mr Peter Alphonso was appointed Company Secretary on 11 December 2007.  

Mr  Alphonso’s  37  years  of  experience  has  included  associations  with  the  auditing,  engineering  and 
communications  industries,  with  the  majority  of  his  experience  centred  on  the  gold  and  nickel  sectors  of  the 
mining industry. Mr Alphonso’s experience has included associations with Coopers and Lybrand, Western Mining 
Corporation, Great Central Mines and Tiwest Joint Venture. 

As Company Secretary Mr Peter Alphonso is responsible for the corporate secretarial functions of the Company 
as well as  all financial and statutory reporting of the Company  and also directing and monitoring of all financial 
aspects of the Company’s overseas operations. 

            Mr Peter Alphonso was appointed Chief Financial Officer on 1 July 2013. 

4. 

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS 

The  number  of  meetings  held  during  the  financial  year  by  Company  Directors  and  the  number  of   those 
meetings attended by each Director was: 

Board of Directors 
Meetings 

Audit     
Committee  

Remuneration 
Committee  

SHE      
Committee 

Nomination 
Committee  

No. of 
meetings

(1) 

No.    
attended  

No. of 
meetings

No.    
attended  

(1) 

No. of 
meetings

(1) 

No.    
attended  

No. of 
meetings

(1) 

No.    
attended  

No. of 
meetings

(1) 

Name of Director 

Peter Hepburn-Brown 

Robert Weinberg 

Andrew Teo 

Ciceron Angeles  

Raul Villanueva 

- 

4 

4 

4 

4 

- 

3 

4 

4 

4 

- 

2 

2   

  1 

- 

- 

1 

2 

1 

- 

- 

1 

1 

- 

- 

- 

1 

1 

- 

- 

2 
Gary Powell 
(1)  Number of meetings held during the time the Director held office during the year  

1 

2 

1 

- 

- 

- 

3 

3 

- 

2 

- 

- 

3 

3 

- 

2 

- 

- 

- 

1 

1 

- 

- 

No.    
attended 

- 

- 

1 

1 

- 

- 

5. 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 

The  principal  activities  of  the  Group  during  the  course  of  the  financial  year  were   mineral  exploration, 
evaluation, development and mining/production of gold. There were no significant changes in the nature of 
the activities of the Group during the year. 

6. 

OPERATING RESULTS 

The  net  consolidated  loss  for  the  financial  year  attributable  to  members  of  Medusa  Mining  Limited  after 
provision  of  income  tax  was  US$218.1  million  (and  includes  impairment  losses  of  US$259.6)    [2014: 
Consolidated profit of US$30.9 million]. 

Key financial results: 

 Key Results 

Revenues 

EBITDA 

NPAT 

EPS (basic) 

30 June 2015 

30 June 2014 

Variance  

US$123.2M 

US$84.2M 

US$39.0M 

(%) 

46% 

(US$186.8M) 

US$48.3M 

(US$235.1M) 

(487%) 

(US$218.1M) 

US$30.9M 

(US$249.0M) 

(806%) 

(US$1.050) 

US$0.154 

(US$1.204) 

(782%) 

Dividend per share 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

N/A 

Page 60 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

  Medusa  recorded  a  net  loss  after  tax  (“NPAT”)  of  (US$218.1  million)  and  earnings  before  interest,  tax 
depreciation  and  amortisation  (“EBITDA”)  of  (US$186.8  million)  for  the  full  year  to  30  June  2015,  compared  to 
US$30.9 million and US$48.3 million respectively in the previous year.  

The  Company  recorded  Revenues  of  US$123.0  million  compared  to  US$84.2  million  for  the  previous  year. 
Medusa is an un-hedged gold producer and received an average price of US$1,220 per ounce from the sale of 
97,200 ounces of gold for the year (previous year: 65,943 ounces at US$1,299 per ounce). 

As at year end, the Company had total cash and cash equivalent in gold on metal account of US$14.60 million 
(2014: US$13.68 million). 

During the year: 

 

 

The Co-O Mine produced 98,359 ounces of gold for the year, at an average recovered grade of 5.61 g/t 
gold (2014: 59,904 ounces at average recovered grade of 4.76 g/t gold)  

The average cash cost for the year of US$385 per ounce was marginally lower than the previous year’s 
average cash cost of US$418 per ounce. 

  Depreciation  of  fixed  assets  and  amortisation  of  capitalised  mine  development  and  mine  exploration 

was US$31.7 million (2014: US$17.5 million); 

  US$11.3 million was expended on exploration activities (2014:US$15.8 million); 

  Capitalised mine development costs totalled US$37.7 million for the year (2014: US$36.3 million); 

  US$11.2  million  was  expended  on  capital  works  associated  with  the  new  mill  construction  and 
infrastructure, mine expansion and sustaining capital at the mine and mill (201 4: US$23.6 million); 

7. 

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

A  review  and  summary  information  concerning  the  Group’s  operations  and  exploration  activities  for  the 
financial  year  and  the  results  of  those  operations  are  set  out  in  the  Chairman’s  Review  and  Managing 
Directors’ Report on Operations which will be available in the Full Annual Report. 

8. 

DIVIDENDS 

No dividends were declared during the financial year.  

9. 

SIGNIFICANT CHANGE IN STATE OF AFFAIRS 

Significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group during the financial year were as follows:   

  On  19  August  2014  Mr  Peter  Hepburn-Brown  resigned  as  Managing  Director  and  as  a  member  of  all 

Committees 

  On  1  September  2014  Mr  Geoffrey  Davis  assumed  the  role  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  for  an  interim 

period following the resignation of Peter Hepburn-Brown as Managing Director 

 

The Company recognised an Impairment charge of US$259.6 million (refer note 13) 

In the opinion of the Directors, there were no other significant changes in the state of the affairs of the Group 
that occurred during the financial year. 

10. 

EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO BALANCE DATE 

There  has  not  arisen  in  the  interval  between  the  end  of  the  financial  year  and  the  date  of  this  report  any 
item,  transaction  or  event  of  a  material  and/or  unusual  nature  likely,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Directors  of  the 
Company, to affect significantly the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of 
affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years. 

11. 

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS, BUSINESS STRATEGIES AND PROSPECTS 
The  Group  will  continue  its  policy  of  organic  growth  within  its  land-holdings  in  the  Philippines  and  test 
attractive mineral properties with a view to developing properties capable of economic mineral production.  

12.  DIRECTORS’ INTEREST 

The  relevant  interest  of  each  Director  in  the  share  capital  of  the  Co mpany  at  the  date  of  this  report  is  as 
follows: 

Name of Director 

Andrew Teo 

Robert Weinberg 

Ciceron Angeles 

Raul Villanueva 

No. of fully paid 
ordinary shares 

No. of options over 
ordinary shares  

No. of performance 
rights over ordinary 
shares 

95,000 

82,675 

- 

50,000 

- 

- 

- 

500,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Page 61 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

13.  REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) 

(a)  Details of Key Management Personnel 

The Directors of Medusa Mining Ltd (‘the Group’) present the Remuneration Report for Key 
Management  Personnel,  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001  and  the 
Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Other  than  the  Managing  Director  and  Executive  Officers  listed  below,  no  other  person  is 
concerned  in,  or  takes  part  in,  the  management  of  the  Group;  or  has  authority  or 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group.  

There  were  no  loans  to  Key  Management  Personnel  during  the  period  and  there  were  no 
transactions or balances with Key Management Personnel other than those disclosed in this 
Report. 

Directors  

Non-Executive Directors: 

Andrew Teo, Chairman (Chairman) 

Robert Weinberg   

Ciceron Angeles 

Gary Powell ( resigned 7 December 2014) 

Executive Directors: 

Peter Hepburn-Brown, Managing Director (resigned 19 August 2014) 

Raul Villanueva 

Executive Officers 

Geoffrey Davis  - Interim CEO appointed 1 September 2014 

Robert Gregory - Chief Operating Officer appointed 19 November 2014 

Peter Alphonso - Company Secretary 

Page 62 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

(b) Key Management Personnel remuneration (Company and consolidated) 

The following tables provides the details of the remuneration of all Directors and Executives of the Group and the nature and amount of the elements of their remuneration 
(in US$’s) for the year ended 30 June 2015 and the previous financial year. 

Name 

Year 

Salary/ fees 

Directors
’ fees 

Non-
monetary 

Bonus (3) 

Super-
annuation 

Other(6) 

Incentive 
plans 

LSL(7) 

Shares/ 
units 

Options/ 
rights (8) 

Short term benefits 

Post-employment 
benefits 

Long-term benefits 

Equity-settled  
share-based payments  

Termination 
benefits 

Cash-
settled 
share-
based 
payments 

TOTAL 

Proportion of 
remuneration 
performance 
related 

Value of 
options as 
proportion of 
remuneration 

Directors    

Non-Executive 

Andrew Teo 

Robert Weinberg  

Ciceron Angeles 

Gary Powell (1) 

Executive 

Peter Hepburn-
Brown (5), 

Raul Conde 
Villanueva (2) 

Executives 
Geoffrey Davis (4) 

Peter Alphonso 

2015 

2014 

2015 

2014 

2015 

2014 

2015 

2014 

-  

-  

-  

-  

80,850  

81,982  

60,287  

68,089  

52,624  

60,287  

42,921  

68,089  

168,548 

269,607 

27,836  

68,089  

2015 

80,142  

2014 

2015 

696,147  

438,663  

2014 

373,910 

2015 

2014 

2015 

2014 

541,287 

224,587 

315,727  

331,758  

-  

-  

- 

-  

- 

35,212 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Robert Gregory (9) 

2015 

336,042 

2014 

- 

Total 

2015 

1,933,033 

229,260 

2014 

1,938,930 

321,461 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-   

-   

-   

- 

- 

- 

-  

-  

- 

- 

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

15,008  

-  

1,725 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

31,955 

87,360 

- 

-  

- 

- 

28,983 

50,201 

- 

- 

28,158  

27,611 

22,827  

97,747 

19,961 

21,963 

- 

- 

93,835 

99,775 

54,782 

185,107 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

6,524 

74,371 

- 

- 

6,524 

74,371 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

204,000 

- 

- 

- 

54,120 

- 

164,000 

- 

422,120 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

80,850  

81,982  

60,287  

68,089  

112,911  

111,010  

211,392 

337,696 

498,285 

580,152  

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

815,462  

642,663  

373,910 

620,471  

259,799  

432,140  

526,703  

541,966 

- 

2,784,547 

2,574,651 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-  

- 

- 

 - 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

31.7% 

- 

- 

- 

12.5% 

- 

30.2% 

- 

15.2% 

- 

(1)  Mr Gary Powell appointed as a Director on 24 January 2013 and resigned on 7 December 2014.  
(2)  Mr Raul Villanueva appointed 24 January 2013 
(3)  Bonuses are generally paid in October and relate to the previo us year’s financial results. No bonuses will be paid to any Senior Executives during 2015/16 relating to the financial year e nded 30 June 2015. 
(4)  Mr Geoffrey Davis retired as a Director on 22 November 2013 and appointed as interim CEO on 19 August 2014. 
(5)  Mr Peter Hepburn-Brown resigned 19 August 2014 
(6)  Comprises Annual Leave accrued during the year but not paid 
(7)  Comprises Long Service Leave accrued during the year but not paid 
(8)  Comprises value of Options granted but not yet vested 
(9)  Robert Gregory was appointed Chief Operating Officer on 19 November 2014 

Page 63 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

(c)  Remuneration options and equity based instruments 

No options or other equity based instruments or rights over any of them, were granted by the 
Company or any entity controlled by the Company as remuneration during or since the end of the 
financial year. 

(d)  Shares issued on exercise of options granted as remuneration 

During  the  financial  year,  no  fully  paid  ordinary  shares  were  issued  on  the  exercise  of  options 
previously granted as remuneration to Directors and Executives. 

(e)  Option/rights holdings 

The movement during the year in the number of options/rights over ordinary shares in Medusa Mining 
Limited  held  directly,  indirectly  or  beneficially,  by  each  Director  and  Executive,  including  their 
personally related entities is as follows: 

Financial year 2014/2015 

Name 

Directors 
Andrew Teo 
Peter Hepburn-Brown(3)  

Robert Weinberg 

Ciceron Angeles  

Raul Villanueva 

Gary Powell(4) 

Executives 

Geoffrey Davis  

Robert Gregory (5) 

Peter Alphonso 

Balance   
01/07/14 

Options/rights 
granted as 
remuneration 

Options/ 
rights 
exercised 

Options/ 
Rights not 
exercised 
and lapsed 

Balance 
held  
30/06/15 

Vested & 
exercisable 
30/06/15 (1) 

Total  not 
exercisable 
30/06/15 (2) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

300,000 

500,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

500,000 

165,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(300,000) 

500,000 

- 

-  

- 

- 

- 

- 

500,000 

165,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

500,000 

- 

- 

500,000 

165,000 

(1)  Options vested and exercisable are all the options vested at the reporting date; 
(2)  Options that are not exercisable have not vested at the reporting date 
(3)  Mr Peter Hepburn-Brown resigned 19 August 2014 
(4)  Mr Gary Powell resigned 7 December 2014 
(5)  Mr Robert Gregory was appointed as Chief Operating Officer on 19 November 2014 

Financial year 2013/2014 

Name 

Directors 
Geoffrey Davis (3) 
Peter Hepburn-Brown 

Robert Weinberg 
Andrew Teo 

Ciceron Angeles  

Raul Villanueva 

Gary Powell 

Executives 

Peter Alphonso 

Balance   
01/07/13 

Options/rights 
granted as 
remuneration 

Options/ 
rights 
exercised 

Options/ 
Rights not 
exercised 
and lapsed 

Balance 
held  
30/06/14 

Vested & 
exercisable 
30/06/14 (1) 

Total  not 
exercisable 
30/06/14 (2) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

300,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

300,000 

300,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1)  Options vested and exercisable are all the options vested at the reporting date; 
(2)  Options that are not exercisable have not vested at the reporting date 
(3)  Mr Geoffrey David retired 22 November 2013 

Page 64 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

(f)    Share holdings 

The  movement  during  the  year  in  the  number  of  ordinary  shares  in  Medusa  Mining  Limited  held 
directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each  Director and key management personnel, including their 
personally related entities are as follows: 

Financial year 2014/15 

Name 

Non-Executive Directors 

Andrew Teo 

Robert Weinberg 

Ciceron Angeles  
Gary Powell (1) 

Executive Directors 
Peter Hepburn-Brown (2) 

Raul Villanueva  

Executives 
Geoffrey Davis (3) 
Robert Gregory(4) 

Peter Alphonso 

Balance 
30/06/14 

Shares held 
at 
appointment 

Bonus 
Issue of 
shares 

Shares 
purchased 

Options 
exercised 

Shares     

sold 

Balance 
30/06/15 

75,000 

62,675 

- 

- 

22,000 

- 

- 

- 

127,500 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

4,102,750 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

20,000 

20,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

23,950 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

95,000 

82,675 

- 

- 

22,000 

- 

867,941 

3,234,809 

- 

- 

23,950 

127,500 

(1)  Mr Gary Powell resigned 7 December 2014 
(2)  Mr Peter Hepburn-Brown resigned 19 August 2014 
(3)  Mr Geoffrey Davis was appointed as Interim CEO on 1 September 2014 
(4)  Mr Robert Gregory was appointed as Chief Operating Officer on 19 November 2014 

Financial year 2013/14 

Name 

Non-Executive Directors 

Andrew Teo 
Geoffrey Davis (1) 

Robert Weinberg 

Ciceron Angeles  

Gary Powell  

Executive Directors 

Peter Hepburn-Brown  

Raul Villanueva  

Executives 

Peter Alphonso 

Balance 
30/06/13 

Shares held 
at 
appointment 

Bonus 
Issue of 
shares 

Shares 
purchased 

Options 
exercised 

Shares     

sold 

Balance 
30/06/14 

75,000 

4,102,750 

62,675 

- 

- 

22,000 

- 

127,500 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

75,000 

4,102,750 

62,675 

- 

- 

22,000 

- 

127,500 

(1)  Mr Geoffrey Davis retired 22 November 2013 

(g)  Remuneration policies 

Remuneration Committee 

The  Remuneration  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  is  responsible  for  determining, 
reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on compensation arrangements for the 
Non-Executive Directors, Managing Director and Executive Officers.  

The  Remuneration  Committee  assesses  the  appropriateness  of  the  nature  and  amount  of 
emoluments of such officers on an annual basis by reference to relevant market conditions. It 
is empowered to engage the assistance of external consultants specialising in remuneration 
of executives and personnel in the mining industry to provide analysis and advice to ensure 
executive remuneration packages reflect relevant international employment market conditions. 
During  the  financial  year,  the  Board  did  not  obtain  any  independent  advice  from  external 
consultants. 

Remuneration Philosophy 

The main objective is the retention of a high quality Board and  executive team, to maximise 
value of the shareholders’ investment. Remuneration levels are therefore competitively set to 
attract, retain and motivate appropriately qualified and experienced Directors and Executives. 

Page 65 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

In determining the level and make up of remuneration levels for Executives of the Group, the 
remuneration policy has been structured to increase goal congruence between shareholders 
and Executives and includes the payment of bonuses based on achievement of specific goals 
related  to  the  performance  of  the  Group  and  also  the  issue  of  incentive  options  or  equity 
based instruments to encourage alignment of personal and shareholder interests. 

Non-Executive Directors remuneration: 

The Board seeks to set aggregate remuneration at a level that provides the Company with 
the ability to attract and retain Non-Executive Directors of the highest calibre. 

Non-Executive  Directors’  fees  are  paid  within  the  aggregate  amount  approved  by 
shareholders  from  time  to  time.  Total  remuneration  for  all  Non-Executive  Directors,  last 
approved by shareholders on 18 November 2009, is not to exceed A$400,000 per annum. 
The  amount  of  aggregate  remuneration  sought  to  be  approved  by  shareholders  and  the 
manner in which it is apportioned amongst Directors is reviewed annually.  

The Board considers the amount of Director fees being paid by comparable international 
resource  companies  with  similar  responsibilities,  and  the  experience  of  each  Non-
Executive Director when undertaking the review process.  

Directors’ fees cover all main Board activities and membership of Board Committees. No 
retirement benefits are provided for any Non-Executive Directors’ retirement or termination 
and  Non-Executive  Directors  do  not  receive  performance  related  compensation 
remuneration. 

Director fees currently paid to Non-Executive Directors are as follows: 

  Andrew Boon San Teo (Non-Executive Chairman): A$100,000 per annum; 

  Dr Robert Weinberg (Non-Executive Director): A$75,000 per annum; 

  Ciceron Angeles (Non-Executive Director): A$75,000 per annum 

Executive Remuneration: 

Objective 

the 

level  and  mix  of  remuneration  commensurate  with 

The Company’s aim is to ensure Executives perform at a high level by incentivising them 
their  position  and 
with 
responsibilities. These incentives include, 
 to rewarding Executives for individual performances; and 
 ensuring total remuneration is competitive by international market standards. 

Remuneration is made up of a fixed component as well as a variable component which is 
performance linked and only granted when considered appropriate by the Board. 

The remuneration of Executives, including the Managing Director, is reviewed annually by 
the Remuneration Committee, with the review taking into consideration the contribution of 
the  individuals  commensurate  with  the  performance  of  the  business  unit  within  their 
responsibility,  the  overall  performance  of  the  Company  and  comparable  employment 
market conditions internationally. 

Fixed Remuneration 

Fixed  remuneration  consists  of  base  salary,  any  non-monetary  benefits  and  employer 
contributions to superannuation funds. 

The level of fixed remuneration is set so as to provide a base level of remuneration which 
is both appropriate to the position and is competitive in the market. Fixed remuneration is 
reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee.  

When  appropriate,  external  remuneration  consultants  provide  analysis  and  independent 
advice to ensure that Executives’ remuneration levels are competitive in the international 
market place. During the financial year, the Board did not obtain any independent advice 
from external consultants. 

Variable Remuneration 

Variable  remuneration  is  performance  linked  and  includes  both  short-term  and  long-term 
incentives and is designed to reward key management personnel for meeting or exceeding 
their  financial  and  personal  objectives.  The  short-term  incentive  is  an  ‘at  risk’  bonus 
provided  in  the  form  of  cash  whilst  the  long-term  incentive  is  provided  as  options  over 
ordinary shares or performance rights to acquire fully paid ordinary shares in the Company. 

Page 66 of 121 

 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

  Short-term Incentives (“STI”) 

Each  year,  the  Board  sets  key  performance  indicators  (“KPIs”)  for  key  management 
personnel.  The  KPIs  generally  include  measures  relating  to  the  Group,  the  relevant 
segment,  and  the  individual,  and  include  financial,  people,  strategy  and  risk  measures. 
The measures are chosen as they directly align the individual’s reward to the KPIs of the 
Group and to its strategy and performance. 

During the financial year, the Board set the following KPIs that applied to each member of 
Key Management Personnel: 

o  The Group meeting or exceeding annual production targets set by the Board based on a 
combination  of  physical  parameters  that  include  development  meterage  achieved, 
total  ore  mined  and  milled  and  ounces  produced  during  the  financial  year.  This  KPI 
was  chosen  as  the  Board  considers  it  to  be  the  most  significant  Group  controlled 
factor directly impacting the profitability of the Group; 

 

o 

The  Group's  exploration  drilling  rates  based  on  drilling  targets  set  by  the  Board.  
This  KPI  was  chosen  as  the  Board  considers  exploration  rates  to  be  a  key  factor 
supporting  the  identification  and  development  of  the  Group's  growth  projects  and 
sustaining the Group's production into the future; 

The  Group's  level  of  compliance  with  its  sustainability  policy  as  outlined  in  the 
Review  of  Operations.  This  includes  compliance  with  environmental  obligations  and 
health and safety regulations and guidelines and is assessed by reference to the level 
of non-compliance (if any) by the Group with its obligations. This KPI was chosen as 
the Company is committed to its environmental performance and considers health and 
safety to be a leading indicator of management and operational performance.  

At the end of the financial year the Board assesses the actual performance of the Group, 
the relevant segment and individual against the KPIs set at the beginning of the financial 
year. Should the Group achieve the set KPIs, the Board may reward the Key Management 
Personnel with a bonus during the salary review. Any bonus payable must fall within 0.5% 
of  net  profit  after  tax  of  the  Group  and  not  exceed  50%  of  an  individual’s  fixed 
remuneration. The Board retains absolute discretion over payment of these bonuses and 
can adjust payments (within the above caps) to take into account the overall performance 
of the Group, personal performance and prevailing market conditions. 

This  method  of  assessment  was  chosen  as  it  provides  the  Board  with  an  objective 
assessment  of  the  Group’s  performance  against  identifiable  factors  that  relate  to  the 
group’s profitability and the sustainability of the Group’s operations. 

No STIs were granted to any key management personnel in the subsequent period since 
the end of the financial year ended 30 June 2015. 

  Long-term Incentive (“LTI”) 

Historically, LTIs granted to key management personnel have been in the form of options 
over  ordinary  shares.  The  Board  is  currently  considering  whether  to  adopt  other  LTI 
measures,  including  a  performance  rights  plan  in  which  key  management  personnel  can 
participate. 

The primary objective of Medusa’s LTI based remuneration is and will continue to be, to 
reward key management personnel in a manner which aligns this element of remuneration 
with the creation of shareholder wealth. The Board takes into account and will continue to 
take into account, appropriate measures of shareholder wealth, including those outlined in 
section  13(h)  below  and  Company  performance  in  setting  the  performance  criteria 
applicable to its LTI based remuneration. 

At  a  General  Meeting  held  on  28  January  2015  shareholders  approved  the  issue  of 
options to the following key management personnel. 

Page 67 of 121 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

   RAUL VILLANUEVA - Executive Director 

Number of 
Options 

500,000 

Vesting dates 

Expiry date 

  150,000 Options on the 1st anniversary  
of the Issue Date – 9 February 2016 

On the 4th anniversary of 
the Issue Date –  
9 February 2019 

Exercise 
price 

$1.00 

  150,000 Options on the 2nd anniversary 
of the Issue Date – 9 February 2017 
  200,000 Options on the 3rd anniversary 
of the Issue Date – 9 February 2018 

ROBERT GREGORY – Chief Operating Officer 

Number of 
Options 

500,000 

Vesting dates 

Expiry date 

  150,000 Options on the 1st anniversary 
of the Issue Date – 16 December 2015 

  150,000 Options on the 2nd anniversary 
of the Issue Date – 16 December 2016 
  200,000 Options on the 3rd anniversary 
of the Issue Date – 16 December 2017 

On the 4th anniversary of 
the Issue Date –  
16 December 2018 

        PETER ALPHONSO – Company Secretary /Chief Financial Officer 

Number of 
Options 

165,000 

Vesting dates 

Expiry date 

  49,500 Options on the 1st anniversary 
of the Issue Date – 16 December 2015 

  49,500 Options on the 2nd  anniversary 
of the Issue Date – 16 December 2016 
  66,000 Options on the 3rd  anniversary 
of the Issue Date – 16 December 2017 

On the 4th anniversary of 
the Issue Date – 16 
December 2018 

Exercise 
price 

$1.00 

Exercise 
price 

$1.00 

(h) Company performance 

In  considering  the  Company’s  performance  and  benefits  for  shareholder  wealth,  the 
Remuneration  Committee  take  into  account  the  following  indices  in  respect  of  the  current 
financial year and the previous four financial years. 

Year ended 30 June 

Note 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

Basic earnings per share (EPS) 

(1) 

US$0.587  US$0.261 

US$0.266  US$0.154 

(US$1.050) 

Share price at 30 June   

A$6.59 

A$4.83 

A$1.55 

A$1.85 

A$0.84 

Share price increase  

Total shareholder returns (TSR) 

(2) 

(3) 

A$2.69 

(A$1.76) 

(A$3.28) 

A$0.30 

(A$1.01) 

69.0% 

(26.7%) 

(67.5%) 

19.4% 

(54.6%) 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Basic EPS is calculated as net profit after tax divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares; 

Share price movement during the financial year; 

TSR is defined as the growth/decline (in percentage terms) in the share price, taking into account dividends paid 
over  the  previous  financial  year  ending  30  June.  No  dividends  were  paid  during  the  current  and  2014  financial 
years.  (Dividends  totalling  A$0.10  were  paid  in  the  2011  and  2012  financial  years  and  A$0.02  was  paid  for  the 
financial year ending 2013 No dividends were paid or capital returned in the previous respective years from 2008 
to 2010). 

Page 68 of 121 

 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

(i) 

Board policy in relation to limiting exposure to risk in securities 

Under  the  Company's  Securities  Trading  Policy,  Directors  and  Executives  are  prohibited 
from dealing in financial products issued or created over or in respect of Medusa securities 
(eg  hedges  or  derivatives)  which  have  the  effect  of  reducing  or  eliminating  the  risk 
associated with any equity incentives that Medusa may offer from time to time (for example, 
a person may be granted an equity incentive award that vests at a time in the future subject 
to achieving certain performance goals; certain financial institutions offer products which act 
as an insurance policy if the performance goals are not met, thereby reducing the "at-risk" 
element of the person's incentive arrangements). 

Page 69 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

(j) 

Employment contracts 

Executive Directors 

Peter Hepburn-Brown (Managing Director) (Resigned 19 August 2014) 

Contract 
description: 

Term: 

Services: 

Remuneration: 

Employment  contract  between 
(“Employee”). 

the  Company  and  Peter  Hepburn-Brown 

An  initial  term  ending  on  8  June  2016  (subject  to  earlier  termination)  (“Initial 
Term”).  If not terminated on or prior to 8 June 2016, the agreement will continue 
until terminated. 

The  Employee  is  employed  as  Managing  Director  of  the  Company  and  will  be 
responsible for the overall management of the Company (subject to the direction 
of the Board); and its operations and strategic development. 

Fixed remuneration: 
A$725,000  per  annum  plus  a  superannuation  contribution  of  A$25,000  per 
annum, subject to annual review by the Board.  During the review, the Board will 
consider the progress of the Company and comparable industry standard.   

Variable remuneration - Short term incentive: 
The Employee maybe entitled to an annual bonus at the discretion of the Board. 
the 
In  determining  eligibility, 
performance  of  the  Company,  the  Employee’s  performance  and  prevailing 
market  conditions.  The  quantum  of  any  bonus  paid  must  fall  within  0.5%  of 
NPAT and not to exceed 50% of an individual’s fixed remuneration. 

the  Board  will  consider  without 

limitation, 

Variable remuneration - Long term incentive: 

issue  of  250,000 
On  10  November  2011  shareholders  approved 
Performance  Rights  subject 
to 
performance  criteria  not  being  met  the  Performance  Rights  lapsed  on  30  June 
2013. 

terms  and  conditions.  Due 

to  specific 

the 

Termination: 

Termination by the Company 

During  the  Initial  Term  (other  than  as  set  out  below  in  relation  to  a  “Material 
Diminution”  or  default  by  the  Employee),  the  Company  may  terminate  the 
agreement by notice or payment in lieu of notice of a notice period equal to: (a) 
the  number  of  months  remaining  in  the  Initial  Term;  or  (b)  12  months,  if  the 
number of months remaining in the Initial Term is less than 12. 

in  certain 
The  Company  may 
circumstances, including if the Employee is in default of its obligations and does 
not remedy that default in addition to other standard default situations. 

the  agreement 

immediately 

terminate 

Termination by the Employee 

The  Employee  may  terminate  the  agreement  at  any  time  by  giving  3  months’ 
written notice or immediately in certain circumstances, including if the Company 
is  in  default  of  its  obligations  and  does  not  remedy  that  default  and  in  certain 
other standard default situations, in which case the Consultant will be entitled to 
payment in lieu of notice.  

Termination by reason of Material Diminution 

A  “Material  Diminution”  is  a  change  in  the  Employee’s  status  as  Managing 
Director of the Company, including a material change in his authority in respect 
of  the  business  of the  Company or  any  member  of  the  Company’s  group;  or  a 
change in his reporting relationship with the Board. 

If a Material Diminution occurs, within 3 months of this occurring, the Employee 
may give the Company 2 weeks’ written notice of termination of this agreement.  
Subject to the Corporations Act, the Company must make a payment in lieu of a 
notice period equal to: (a) the number of months remaining in the Initial Term; or 
(b) 12 months, if the number of months remaining in the Initial Term is less than 
12.  After expiration of the Initial  Term, the Company must make a payment to 
the Employee in lieu of a notice period equal to 12 months. 

Protection of the 
Company’s 
interests: 

The  Employee’s  contract  also  contains  provisions  for  the  protection  of  the 
Company’s  interest  in  such  areas  as  confidentiality,  conflict  of  interests  and 
business dealings.   

Page 70 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

13. 

 (j)    Employment contracts (continued) 

Peter Alphonso (Company Secretary/Chief Financial Officer) 

Contract 
description: 

Term: 

Role: 

Remuneration: 

Employment contract between the Company and Peter Alphonso (“Employee”). 

An  initial  term  ending  on  30  September  2015  (subject  to  earlier  termination) 
(“Initial  Term”).    If  not  terminated  on  or  prior  to  30  September  2015,  the 
agreement will continue until terminated. 

The  Employee  is  initially  employed  in  the  role  of  Company  Secretary/Chief 
Financial Officer and may subsequently be employed in other comparable roles 
as determined by the Employer. The Employee will be responsible for the day to 
day  management  of  all  financial,  administrative  and  corporate  functions  of  the 
Company. 

Fixed remuneration: 
A$300,000 per annum (inclusive of superannuation), subject to annual review by 
the  Board.    During  the  review,  the  Board  will  consider  the  progress  of  the 
Company and comparable industry standard.   

Variable remuneration - Short term incentive: 
The Employee may be entitled to an annual bonus at the discretion of the Board. 
the 
In  determining  eligibility, 
performance  of  the  Company,  the  Employee’s  performance  and  prevailing 
market conditions. 

the  Board  will  consider  without 

limitation, 

Termination: 

Termination by the Company 

During  the  Initial  Term  (other  than  as  set  out  below  in  relation  to  a  “Material 
Diminution”  or  default  by  the  Employee),  the  Company  may  terminate  the 
agreement by notice or payment in lieu of notice of a notice period equal to: (a) 
the  number  of  months  remaining  in  the  Initial  Term;  or  (b)  12  months,  if  the 
number of months remaining in the Initial Term is less than 12. 

in  certain 
The  Company  may 
circumstances, including if the Employee is in default of its obligations and does 
not remedy that default in addition to other standard default situations. 

the  agreement 

immediately 

terminate 

Termination by the Employee 

The  Employee  may  terminate  the  agreement  at  any  time  by  giving  3  months’ 
written notice or immediately in certain circumstances, including if the Company 
is  in  default  of  its  obligations  and  does  not  remedy  that  default  and  in  certain 
other standard default situations, in which case the Consultant will be entitled to 
payment in lieu of notice.  

Termination by reason of Material Diminution 

A  “Material  Diminution”  is  a  change  in  the  Employee’s  status  as  Company 
Secretary/Chief Financial Officer of the Company, including a material change in 
his  authority  in  respect  of  the  business  of  the  Company  or  any  member  of  the 
Company’s group; or a change in his reporting relationship with the Board. 

If a Material Diminution occurs, within 3 months of this occurring, the Employee 
may give the Company 2 weeks’ written notice of termination of this agreement.  
Subject to the Corporations Act, the Company must make a payment in lieu of a 
notice period equal to: (a) the number of months remaining in the Initial Term; or 
(b) 12 months, if the number of months remaining in the Initial Term is less than 
12.  After expiration of the Initial  Term, the Company must make a payment to 
the Employee in lieu of a notice period equal to 12 months. 

Protection of the 
Company’s 
interests: 

The  Employee’s  contract  also  contains  provisions  for  the  protection  of  the 
Company’s  interest  in  such  areas  as  confidentiality,  conflict  of  interests  and 
business dealings.   

Page 71 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
    
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

13.   

(j)    Employment contracts (continued) 

Raul  Conde  Villanueva  (Executive  Director  of  Medusa  Mining  Limited  and  President  of  Philsaga  Mining 
Corporation). 

On  10  December  2012,  Philsaga  executed an  employment  contract  with  Raul  Conde  Villanueva. 
Under  the  terms  of  the  contract,  Philsaga  has  engaged  Mr  Villanueva  to  adopt  the  role  of 
President  of  Philsaga  as  well  as  assume  the  position  of  Executive  Director  on  the  Board  of 
Medusa Mining Limited, supervise and manage the business affairs of the corporation, implement 
administrative and operational  policies,  attend to  industrial  relation matters  and any other mining 
activities and associated complimentary services. 

According to the contract Philsaga will pay Mr Villanueva A$20,000 per month which is subject to 
annual reviews by the Board. Philsaga will additionally reimburse Mr Villanueva for all reasonable 
expenses  incurred  in  the  performance  of  his  services  including  entertainment,  accommodation, 
meals, telephone and travelling. 

Apart  from  the  Key  Management  Personnel  related  transactions  with  the  Company  or  its  controlled  and 
affiliated entities disclosed in this note, no Key Management Personnel has entered into a material contract 
with  the  Company  since  the  end  of  the  financial  year  and  there  were  no  material  contracts  involving 
Management Personnel’s’ interests subsisting at year end. 

(k) 

Related Parties 

Related parties: 

Geoffrey Davis, Robert Weinberg, Peter Hepburn-Brown, Andrew Teo, Ciceron Angeles, 
Raul Villanueva and Gary Powell. 

Type of transaction: 

Director Protection Deed (“Deed”) 

Transaction details: 

The  Deed  entered  into  by  the  Company  with  each  of  the  Directors  of  the  Company, 
indemnifies  the  Directors  to  the  extent  permitted  by  law,  against  any  liability,  which  he 
may  incur  whilst  carrying  out  his  duties  as  a  Director  of  the  Company  and  against  any 
costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  defending  legal  proceedings  brought  against  him  as  a 
Director.  

The  Deed  requires  the  Company  to  maintain  in  force  Directors’  and  Officers’  Liability 
Insurance, with an agreed cover level, for the duration of the Directors’ term of office and 
a period of 7 years thereafter. 

The  Deed  also  provides  for  the  Directors to  have  access to  the Company’s  documents 
(including Board papers) for a period of 7 years after he ceases to be a Director, subject 
to certain confidentiality and other requirements being observed. 

Related party: 

Cedardale Holdings Pty Ltd 

Nature of relationship: 

Director related entity (Geoffrey Davis – resigned 22 November 2013. Appointed as Interim 
CEO on 1 September 2014). 

Type of transaction: 

Lease of office premises. 

Transaction details: 

The  Company  occupies  and  leases  its  office  premises  (inclusive  of  parking  bays)  from 
Cedardale Holdings Pty Ltd at an average rate of A$6,273; (2014: A$6,091) per month.  

Cedardale  Holdings  Pty  Ltd  charged  the  Company  A$75,281;  (2014:  A$30,453)  for  the 
lease of office premises. No amounts were outstanding at year end (2014: nil). 

Related party: 

Harvest Services Aust Pty Ltd  

Nature of relationship: 

Director related entity (Geoffrey Davis) – Resigned 22 November 2013. Appointed as 
interim CEO 1 September 2014. 

Type of transaction: 

Consultancy Services Agreement 

Transaction details: 

Under the terms of this Consultancy Services Agreement, Harvest Services 
Aust Pty Ltd (“Harvest Services”), a Company associated with Geoffrey 
Davis, agrees to provide the services of Geoffrey Davis to the Company, 
commencing 1 July 2011. 

Harvest is entitled to receive a consultancy fee of A$3,000 per day (excluding GST) and 
the  reimbursement  of  out  of  pocket  expenses  in  respect  of the  provision  of services  as 
and  when  reasonably  required  by  the  Company.  The  Company  does  not  guarantee  to 
make a minimum number of requests for the provision of services. 

During the year, Harvest Services charged the Company fees of  Nil (2014: A$217,990). 
No amount remains outstanding. (2014: nil). 

Related party: 

Boonjarding Ltd 

Nature of relationship: 

Director related entity (Gary Powell) – Resigned 7 December 2014. 

Type of transaction: 

Mining & Mineral exploration consultancy services 

Transaction details: 

During  the  financial  year  consultancy  fees  of  Nil  (2014:US$269,607)  was  charged  to 
Philsaga.  

Page 72 of 121 

 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

(l)  Un-issued shares under options/rights 

At the date of this report, details of un-issued ordinary shares of the Company under option are as 
follows: 

Expiry date 

Exercise price 

No. of options/rights 

No. of shares issued if 
options/rights exercised 

Employee options 

16 December 2018 

9 February 2019 

Total 

A$1.00 

A$1.00 

3,200,000 

1,000,000 

4,200,000 

3,200,000 

1,000,000 

4,200,000 

(m)  Shares issued on exercise of options/rights 

During or since the end of the financial year no options were exercised. 

14. 

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 

Indemnification 

The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  following  current  Directors  of  the  Company,  Messrs  Teo, 
Angeles, Dr Weinberg and Villanueva and the following former Directors Messrs Davis, Powell, Hepburn-
Brown, Tomlinson, Jones, Daniel and against all liabilities to another person (other than the Company or a 
related body corporate) that may arise from their position as Directors of the Company and its controlled 
entities, except where the liability arises out of conduct involving a wilful breach of duty or improper use of 
information to gain a personal advantage. 

No amount has been paid under any of these indemnities during the financial year under review. 

Insurance premiums 

During the  year,  the  Company  paid an insurance  premium for  Directors’  and  Officers’  Liability  Insurance 
policy, which cover all Directors, Company Secretaries and other Officers of the Company and its related 
entities. Details of the nature of the liabilities covered and the amount of premium paid in respect of the 
Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance policies are not disclosed, as such disclosure is prohibited under 
the terms of the policy. 

15. 

  INDEMNIFICATION OF AUDITORS 

The Company's auditor is Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd (“Grant Thornton”). The Company has agreed with 
Grant Thornton, as part of its terms of engagement, to indemnify Grant Thornton against certain liabilities 
to third parties arising from a breach by the Group under the terms of engagement or as a result of reliance 
on  information  provided  by  the  Group  that  is  false,  misleading  or  incomplete.    The  indemnity  does  not 
extend to any liability resulting from [a negligent, wrongful or wilful act or omission] of Grant Thornton. 

During the financial year, the Company has not paid any premium in respect to any insurance for Grant 
Thornton or a body corporate related to Grant Thornton and there were no officers of the Company who 
were former partners or directors of Grant Thornton, whilst Grant Thornton conducted audits of the Group. 

16.  ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS 

The Group's operations are subject to a number of environmental regulations in relation to its exploration, 
mining and processing activities in the Philippines. Details of these regulations are set out in the Review of 
Operations,  under  the  section  titled  Environmental  Management  and  Monitoring  in  the  Final  Annual 
Report. 

The Directors are not aware of any significant breaches of environmental regulations during the financial 
year. 

17.  PROCEEDINGS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY 

No person has applied for leave of Court to bring proceedings on behalf of the Company or intervene in 
any proceedings to which the Company is a party for the purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of the 
Company for all or any part of those proceedings. 

The Company was not a party to any such proceedings during the financial year.

Page 73 of 121 

 
      
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S REPORT 

18.  NON-AUDIT SERVICES 

During the year, Grant Thornton, the Company’s auditors, performed certain other services in addition to 
their statutory duties. 

The Board has considered and is satisfied that the provision of non-audit services during the year by the 
auditor  is  compatible  with  and  did  not  compromise,  the  auditor  independence  requirements  of  the 
Corporations Act for the following reasons: 

a)  all non-audit services are reviewed and approved by the Board prior to commencement to ensure they 

do not adversely affect the integrity and objectivity of the auditor;  

b)  the  nature  of  the  non-audit  services  provided  do  not  compromise  the  general  principles  relating  to 
auditor independence as set out in APES 110: Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants set by the 
Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board;  

c)  Grant Thornton’s services have not involved reviewing or auditing Grant Thornton’s own work or acting 

in a managerial or decision-making capacity within the Group; and 

d)  There is no reason to question the veracity of Grant Thornton’s Independence Declaration. 

The following fees were paid or payable to Grant Thornton for non-audit services provided during the year 
ended 30 June 2015. 

Taxation services 

Total non-audit services 

2015 
(US$) 

15,000 

15,000   

2014 
 (US$) 

5,000 

5,000   

19.  AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION 

The  Lead  Auditor’s  Independence  Declaration  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2015  has  been  received  and 
can be found on page 20 of the Financial Report. 

20.  ROUNDING OFF AMOUNTS (ASIC Class Order 98/100) 

The  Company  is  an  Entity  to  which  ASIC  Class  Order  98/100  applies  and  accordingly,  amounts  in  the 
Financial  Statements  and  Directors’  Report  have  been  rounded  to  the  nearest  thousand  dollars,  unless 
otherwise stated. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors 

________________________ 

Andrew Teo 
Chairman 

Dated at Perth this 27th day of August 2015     

Page 74 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDITORS INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION 

Level 1 
10 Kings Park Road 
West Perth WA 600 
Correspondence to: PO Box 570 
West Perth WA 6872 
T +61 8 9480 2000 
F +61 8 9322 7787 
E info.wa@au.gt.com 
W www.grantthornton.com.au 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
To the Directors of Medusa Mining Limited 

In accordance with the requirements of section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, as 
lead auditor for the audit of Medusa Mining Limited for the year ended 30 June 2015, I 
declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a        no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 

2001 in relation to the audit; and 

b        no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to 

the audit. 

GRANT THORNTON AUDIT PTY 
LTD Chartered Accountants 

J W Vibert 
Registered Company Auditor 

Perth, 27 August 2015 

Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd ACN 130 913 594 
a subsidiary or related entity of Grant Thornton Australia Ltd ABN 41 127 556 389 

‘Grant Thornton’ refers to the brand under which the Grant Thornton member firms provide assurance, tax and advisory services to their clients and/or refers to one or more member firms, 
as the context requires. Grant Thornton Australia Ltd is a member firm of Grant Thornton International Ltd (GTIL). GTIL and the member firms are not a worldwide partnership. GTIL and 
each member firm is a separate legal entity. Services are delivered by the member firms. GTIL does not provide services to clients. GTIL and its member firms are not agents of, and do not 
obligate one another and are not liable for one another’s acts or omissions. In the Australian context only, the use of the term ‘Grant Thornton’ may refer to Grant Thornton Australia Limited 
ABN 41 127 556 389 and its Australian subsidiaries and related entities. GTIL is not an Australian related entity to Grant Thornton Australia Limited. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. Liability is limited in those States where a 
current scheme applies. 

Page 75 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

Consolidated 

Note 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Exploration & evaluation expenses 

Administration expenses 

Impairment expense 

Other expenses 

(Loss) / Profit before income tax expense 

123,204 

84,196 

(71,976) 

(42,806) 

2 

3 

(267) 

(8,428) 

3,13 

(259,595) 

(1,732) 

(218,794) 

(107) 

(8,265) 

- 

(2,358) 

30,660 

211 

Income tax benefit 

5 

685 

(Loss) / Profit attributable to members of the Group 

(218,109) 

30,871 

Other comprehensive income / (loss), net of income tax: 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations and 
other comprehensive income /(loss) for the year 

Total comprehensive (loss) / income for the year 

Overall operations: 

(2,493) 

(220,602) 

(4,837) 

26,034 

Basic (loss) / earnings per share (US$ per share) 

Diluted (loss) / earnings per share (US$ per share) 

6 

6 

(1.050) 

(1.035) 

0.154 

0.153 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements 

Page 76 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
as at 30 June 2015 

CURRENT ASSETS 

Cash & cash equivalents 

Trade & other receivables   

Inventories 

Other current assets 

Total Current Assets 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS 

Trade & other receivables   

Property, plant & equipment 

Intangible Assets 

Exploration, evaluation & development expenditure 

Deferred tax assets 

Total Non-Current Assets  

TOTAL ASSETS   

CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Trade & other payables 

Borrowings 

Employee benefits 

Total Current Liabilities 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Borrowings 

Deferred tax liability 

Employee benefits 

Total Non-Current Liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 

Issued capital 

Reserves 

Retained profits 

TOTAL EQUITY   

Consolidated 

  Note 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

23 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

16 

14 

15 

14 

16 

15 

18 

19 

22 

9,987 

22,585 

19,837 

615 

53,024 

16,311 

45,022 

632 

98,075 

3,755 

163,795 

216,819 

16,282 

3,822 

504 

20,608 

2,151 

290 

1,762 

4,203 

13,063 

12,030 

18,084 

512 

43,689 

21,489 

115,470 

96 

261,743 

2,983 

401,781 

445,470 

19,954 

7,132 

740 

27,826 

2,202 

1,782 

1,354 

5,338 

24,811 

33,164 

192,008 

412,306 

102,902 

6,613 

82,493 

192,008 

102,902 

13,440 

295,964 

412,306 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements. 

Page 77 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

CONSOLIDATED 

Balance at 30 June 2013 

Comprehensive Income 

Net profit after tax 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Transactions with owners, in their capacity as 
owners, and other transfers 

issued during the period 

Share options issued during the period in 
accordance with AASB 2 - share based payment 

Sub-total 

Dividends paid  

Balance at 30 June 2014 

Comprehensive Income 

Net profit /(loss)after tax 

Share 
Capital 
Ordinary 
US$000 

Retained 
Profits 
US$000 

Note 

Option and 
Performance 
Rights  
Reserve 
US$000 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Reserve 
US$000 

Total 
US$000 

73,070 

265,093 

4,448 

13,639 

356,250 

- 

- 

- 

30,871 

- 

30,871 

18 

20 

29,832 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

190 

- 

30,871 

(4,837) 

(4,837) 

(4,837) 

26,034 

- 

- 

29,832 

190 

102,902 

295,964 

4,638 

8,802 

412,306 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

102,902 

295,964 

4,638 

8,802 

412,306 

(218,109) 

- 

(218,109) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(218,109) 

(2,493) 

(2,493) 

(2,493) 

(220,602) 

Other comprehensive income /(loss) 

Total comprehensive income  for the year 

Transactions with owners, in their capacity as 
owners, and other transfers 

Transfer from Option Reserve 

Share options issued during the period in 
accordance with AASB 2 - share based payment 

20 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Sub-total 

Dividends paid  

Balance at 30 June 2015 

102,902 

82,493 

- 

- 

102,902 

82,493 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

4,638 

(4,638) 

- 

304 

304 

- 

304 

- 

- 

- 

304 

6,309 

192,008 

- 

- 

6,309 

192,008 

Page 78 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS  
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Receipts from customers  

Payments to suppliers & employees 

Interest received   

Consolidated 

Note 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

122,570 

86,206 

(58,071) 

(36,637) 

73 

153 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

23 

64,572 

49,722 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Payments for plant & equipment 

Payments for intangible assets 

Payments for exploration & evaluation activities 

Payment for development activities 

Net cash from (used in) investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES  

Proceeds from issue of shares  

Payments for dividends 

Proceeds from bank loans 

Net cash (used in) financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents held 

Cash & cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year 

Exchange rate adjustment 

(13,235) 

(20,224) 

(534) 

(4,461) 

(96) 

(8,196) 

(42,070) 

(45,318) 

(60,300) 

(73,834) 

- 

- 

(3,360) 

(3,360) 

912 

13,063 

(3,988) 

29,832 

- 

7,081 

36,913 

12,801 

4,698 

(4,436) 

Cash & cash equivalents at the end of the financial year 

23 

9,987 

13,063 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

Page 79 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

Contents of notes to the financial statements 

Page number 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

Statement of significant accounting policies 

Revenue 

Expenses 

Dividends 

Taxation 

Earnings per share 

Current receivables 

Inventories 

Other current assets 

10.  Non-Current Receivables 

11. 

Property, plant and equipment 

12. 

Exploration, evaluation and development expenditure 

13. 

Impairment 

14. 

Borrowings 

15. 

Employee benefits 

16.  Deferred tax 

17. 

Auditors’ remuneration 

18. 

Issued capital 

19.  Reserves 

20. 

Share based payments 

21. 

Investments in subsidiaries 

22.  Retained profits 

23.  Notes to the statement of cash flows 

24. 

Financial risk management 

25.  Commitments 

26. 

Events subsequent to reporting date 

27. 

Segment information 

28. 

Parent company information 

29.  New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 

30. 

Franking account 

31.  Company details 

81 

92 

93 

92 

93 

93 

94 

94 

94 

94 

94 

95 

96 

98 

99 

100 

100 

101 

102 

102 

103 

103 

104 

105 

108 

109 

109 

111 

112 

114 

114 

Page 80 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The financial report is a general purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards, including Australian Accounting Interpretations, other authoritative pronouncements of the 
Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act 2001.  

Australian  Accounting  Standards  set  out  accounting  policies  that  the  AASB  has  concluded  would  result  in  a 
financial report containing relevant and reliable information about transactions, events and conditions to which they 
apply.  Medusa  Mining  Limited  is  a  for  profit  entity  for  the  purpose  of  preparing  the  financial  statements. 
Compliance  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards  ensures  that  the  financial  statements  and  notes  also  comply 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).  Material accounting policies adopted in the preparation of 
this financial report are presented below. They have been consistently applied unless otherwise stated. 

The financial report covers the Group of Medusa Mining Limited (“Medusa”) and controlled entities. Medusa is a 
listed public company, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. 

The separate financial statements of the parent entity, Medusa Mining Limited, have not been presented within this 
financial report as permitted by the Corporations Act 2001. 

The financial statements were authorised by the Directors on 26 August 2015. 

Basis of preparation 

Reporting Basis and Conventions  

The  financial  report  has  been  prepared  on  an  accruals  basis  and  is  based  on  historical  costs  modified,  where 
applicable,  by  the  measurement  at  fair  value  of  selected  non-current  assets,  financial  assets  and  financial 
liabilities.  

(a) 

Principles of consolidation 

The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Parent Company and all of its subsidiaries as of 30 
June  2015.  The  Parent  controls  a  subsidiary  if  it  is  exposed,  or  has  rights,  to  variable  returns  from  its 
involvement  with  the  subsidiary  and  has  the  ability  to  affect  those  returns  through  its  power  over  the 
subsidiary.  All subsidiaries have a reporting date of 30 June. 

All  transactions  and  balances  between  Group  companies  are  eliminated  on  consolidation,  including 
unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies.  Where unrealised losses on intra-
group asset sales are reversed on consolidation, the underlying asset is also tested for impairment from a 
group perspective.  Amounts reported in the financial statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted where 
necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies adopted by the Group. 

Profit or loss and other comprehensive income of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are 
recognised from the effective date of acquisition, or up to the effective date of disposal, as applicable. 

Non-controlling interests, presented as part of equity, represent the portion of a subsidiary’s profit or loss 
and net assets that is not held by the Group. The Group attributes total comprehensive income or loss of 
subsidiaries between the owners of the parent and the non-controlling interests based on their respective 
ownership interests 

A list of controlled entities during the year ended 30 June 2015 is presented in note 21. 

(b) 

Comparative figures 

Where required by Accounting Standards, comparative figures have been adjusted to conform to changes 
in presentation for the current financial year. 

(c) 

Change in accounting policy 

The  Group  has  adopted  the  following  revisions  and  amendments  to  AASB’s  issued  by  the  Australian 
Accounting Standards Board which are relevant to and effective for the Group's financial statements for the 
annual period beginning 1July 2014.  

New and revised standards that are effective for these financial statements 

A number of new or amended standards became applicable for the current reporting period, however, the 
Group  did  not  have  to  change  its  accounting  policies  or  make  retrospective  adjustments  as  a  result  of 
adopting  these  standards.  Information  on  these  new  standards  which  are  relevant  to  the  Group  is 
presented below. 

AASB  2012-3  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  -  Offsetting  Financial  Assets  and 
Financial Liabilities 

AASB  2012-3  adds  application  guidance  to  AASB  132  to  address  inconsistencies  identified  in  applying 
some  of  the  offsetting  criteria  of  AASB  132,  including  clarifying  the  meaning  of  “currently  has  a  legally 
enforceable right of set-off” and that some gross settlement systems may be considered equivalent to net 
settlement.  

Page 81 of 121 

 
 
   
   
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

AASB 2012-3 is applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014 and has been 
adopted in this financial report.  The adoption of these amendments has not had a material impact on the 
Group as the amendments merely clarify the existing requirements in AASB 132.  

AASB 2013-3 Amendments to AASB 136 – Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets 

These  narrow-scope  amendments  address  disclosure  of  information  about  the  recoverable  amount  of 
impaired assets if that amount is based on fair value less costs of disposal. 

When  developing  IFRS  13  Fair  Value  Measurement,  the  IASB  decided  to  amend  IAS  36  Impairment  of 
Assets to require disclosures about the recoverable amount of impaired assets.  The IASB noticed however 
that  some  of  the  amendments  made  in  introducing  those  requirements  resulted  in  the  requirement  being 
more broadly applicable than the IASB had intended.  These amendments to IAS 36 therefore clarify the 
IASB’s original intention that the scope of those disclosures is limited to the recoverable amount of impaired 
assets that is based on fair value less costs of disposal.  

AASB 2013-3 makes the equivalent amendments to AASB 136 Impairment of Assets and is applicable to 
annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014. The adoption of these amendments in this 
financial report has not had a material impact on the Group as they are largely of the nature of clarification 
of existing requirements. 

AASB  2014-1  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  (Part  A:  Annual  Improvements 
2010-2012 and 2011-2013 Cycles) 

Part  A  of  AASB  2014-1  makes  amendments  to  various  Australian  Accounting  Standards arising  from  the 
issuance by the IASB of International Financial Reporting Standards Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010-
2012 Cycle and Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011-2013 Cycle. 

Among  other  improvements,  the  amendments  arising  from  Annual  Improvements  to  IFRSs  2010-2012 
Cycle: 

clarify that the definition of a ‘related party’ includes a management entity that provides key management 
personnel services to the reporting entity (either directly or through a group entity) 

amend  AASB  8  Operating  Segments  to  explicitly  require  the  disclosure  of  judgements  made  by 
management in applying the aggregation criteria 

Among  other  improvements,  the  amendments  arising  from  Annual  Improvements  to  IFRSs  2011-2013 
Cycle  clarify  that  an  entity  should  assess  whether  an  acquired  property  is  an  investment  property  under 
AASB 140 Investment Property and perform a separate assessment under AASB 3 Business Combinations 
to determine whether the acquisition of the investment property constitutes a business combination. 

Part  A  of  AASB  2014-1  is  applicable  to  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  July  2014.  The 
adoption  of  these  amendments  has  not  had  a  material  impact  on  the  Group  as  they  are  largely  of  the 
nature of clarification of existing requirements. 

Note 1 (b) Impact of standards issued but not yet applied by the Group 

New  and  revised  accounting  standards  and  amendments  that  are  currently  issued  for  future  reporting 
periods that are relevant to the Group include: 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments  

AASB  9  introduces  new  requirements  for  the  classification  and  measurement  of  financial  assets  and 
liabilities.  These  requirements  improve  and  simplify  the  approach  for  classification  and  measurement  of 
financial assets compared with the requirements of AASB 139. 

The effective date is for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. 

The  entity  is  yet  to  undertake  a  detailed  assessment  of  the  impact  of  AASB  9.  However,  based  on  the 
entity’s preliminary assessment, the Standard is not expected to have a material impact on the transactions 
and  balances  recognised  in  the  financial  statements  when it  is  first  adopted  for  the  year  ending  30  June 
2019.  

AASB 14 Regulatory Deferral Accounts 

AASB  14  permits  first-time  adopters  of  Australian  Accounting  Standards  who  conduct  rate-regulated 
activities  to  continue  to  account  for  amounts  related  to  rate  regulation  in  accordance  with  their  previous 
GAAP. Accordingly, an entity that applies AASB 14 may continue to apply its previous GAAP accounting 
policies for the recognition, measurement, impairment and derecognition of its regulatory deferral account 
balances. This exemption is not available to entities who already apply Australian Accounting Standards.  

The effective date is for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016. 

When AASB 14 becomes effective for the first time for the year ending 30 June 2017, it will  not have any 
impact on the entity.  

Page 82 of 121 

 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers  

AASB  15  replaces  AASB  118:  Revenue,  AASB  111  Construction  Contracts  and  some  revenue-related 
Interpretations. In summary, AASB 15: 

  establishes a new revenue recognition model; 

  changes the basis for deciding whether revenue is to be recognised over time at a point in time; 

  provides  a  new  and  more  detailed  guidance  on  specific  topics  (eg  multiple  element  arrangements, 

variable pricing, rights of return and warranties); and 

  expands and improves disclosures about revenue.  

The  entity  is  yet  to  undertake  a  detailed  assessment  of  the  impact  of  AASB  15.  However,  based  on  the 
entity’s preliminary assessment, the Standard is not expected to have a material impact on the transactions 
and  balances  recognised  in  the  financial  statements  when it  is  first  adopted  for  the  year  ending  30  June 
2018.  

AASB  2014-3  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  –  Accounting  for  Acquisitions  of 
Interests in Joint Operations 

This amendment impacts on the use of AASB 11 when acquiring an interest in a joint operation.   

The effective date is for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016. 

When  these  amendments  are  first  adopted  for  the  year  ending  30  June  2017,  there  will  be  no  material 
impact on the transactions and balances recognised in the financial statements. 

AASB  2014-4  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  –  Clarification  of  Acceptable 
Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation  

The amendments to AASB 116 prohibit the use of a revenue-based depreciation method for property, plant 
and  equipment.  Additionally,  the  amendments  provide  guidance  in  the  application  of  the  diminishing 
balance method for property, plant and equipment.  

The effective date is for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016. 

When  these  amendments  are  first  adopted  for  the  year  ending  30  June  2017,  there  will  be  no  material 
impact on the transactions and balances recognised in the financial statements.  

AASB  2014-9  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  –  Equity  Method  in  Separate 
Financial Statements  

The amendments introduce the equity method of accounting as one of the options to account for an entity’s 
investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in the entity’s separate financial statements.  

The effective date is for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016. 

When  these  amendments  are  first  adopted  for  the  year  ending  30  June  2017,  there  will  be  no  material 
impact on the financial statements.  

AASB  2014-10  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  –  Sale  or  Contribution  of  Assets 
between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture 

The  amendments  address  a  current  inconsistency  between  AASB  10  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 
and  AASB  128  Investments  in  Associates  and  Joint  Ventures  (2011).  The  amendments clarify  that,  on  a 
sale  or  contribution  of  assets  to  a  joint  venture  or  associate  or  on  a  loss  of  control  when  joint  control  or 
significant influence is retained in a transaction involving an associate or a joint venture, any gain or loss 
recognised  will  depend on  whether  the  assets  or  subsidiary  constitute  a  business,  as  defined  in  AASB  3 
Business  Combinations.    Full  gain  or  loss  is  recognised  when  the  assets  or  subsidiary  constitute  a 
business,  whereas  gain or  loss  attributable  to other  investors’  interests  is  recognised  when  the assets  or 
subsidiary do not constitute a business. 

The effective date is for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016. 

When  these  amendments  are  first  adopted  for  the  year  ending  30  June  2017,  there  will  be  no  material 
impact on the financial statements. 

Page 83 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(d) 

Revenue recognition 

Revenue  from  the  sale  of  goods  is  recognised  in  the  relevant  reporting  period  when  there  has  been  a 
significant  transfer  of  risks  and  rewards  to  the  customer  and  no  further  processing  is  required  by  the 
Group’s operations. In addition, the quality and quantity of the goods must be determined with reasonable 
accuracy, the price is known or determinable and collectability is probable. The point, at which risk passes, 
for the Group’s sales, is for the majority of the time, upon receipt of the bill of lading or equivalent when the 
commodity is actually delivered for shipment.  

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.   

Gold and silver sales 

Revenue from the production of gold and silver is recognised when the group had a significant transfer of 
risk and rewards to the buyer. 

Bill and hold sales, 

Bill and hold sales in which delivery is delayed at the buyer’s request but the buyer takes title and accepts 
billing revenue is recognised when the buyer takes title, provided: 

a)  It is probable that delivery will be made 

b)  The item on hand, identified and ready for delivery to the buyer at the time the sale is recognised 

c)  The buyer specifically acknowledges the deferred delivery instructions and 

d)  The usual payment terms apply. 

Interest Revenue 

Interest  revenue  is  recognised  using  the  effective  interest  rate  method,  which  for  floating  rate  financial 
assets, is the rate inherent in the instrument. 

(e) 

Income tax 

The  income  tax  expense  (revenue)  for  the  year  comprises  current  income  tax  expense  (income)  and 
deferred tax expense (income). 

Current income  tax  expense charged to  the profit  or  loss  is  the  tax  payable on  taxable  income calculated 
using applicable income tax rates enacted, or substantively enacted, as at reporting date.  Current tax  

liabilities  (assets)  are  therefore  measured  at  the  amounts  expected  to  be  paid  to  (recovered  from)  the 
relevant taxation authority. 

Deferred income tax expense reflects movements in deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability balances 
during the year as well as unused tax losses. 

Current and deferred income tax expense (income) is charged or credited outside profit or loss when the tax 
relates to items that are recognised outside profit or loss. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are ascertained based on temporary differences arising between the tax 
bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  carrying  amounts  in  the  financial  statements.  Deferred  tax  assets 
also result where amounts have been fully expensed but future tax deductions are available.  No deferred 
income  tax  will  be  recognised  from  the  initial  recognition  of  an  asset  or  liability,  excluding  a  business 
combination, where there is no effect on accounting or taxable profit or loss. 

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  calculated  at  the  tax  rates  that  are  expected  to  apply  to  the  period 
when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at 
the reporting date.  Their measurement also reflects the manner in which management expects to recover 
or settle the carrying amount of the related asset or liability. 

Deferred  tax  assets  relating  to  temporary  differences  and  unused  tax  losses  are  recognised  only  to  the 
extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the benefits of the deferred 
tax asset can be utilised. 

Where temporary differences exist in relation to investments in subsidiaries, branches, associates, and joint 
ventures,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  not  recognised  where  the  timing  of  the  reversal  of  the 
temporary difference can be controlled and it is not probable that the reversal will occur in the foreseeable 
future. 

Current  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  where  a  legally  enforceable  right  of  set-off  exists  and  it  is 
intended that net settlement or simultaneous realisation and settlement of the respective asset and liability 
will occur. 

Page 84 of 121 

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

Current  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  where  a  legally  enforceable  right  of  set-off  exists  and  it  is 
intended that net settlement or simultaneous realisation and settlement of the respective asset and liability 
will occur.   

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where a legally enforceable right of set-off exists, the deferred 
tax  assets  and  liabilities  relate  to  income  taxes  levied  by  the  same  taxation  authority  on  either  the  same 
taxable entity or different taxable entities where it is intended that net settlement or simultaneous realisation 
and settlement of the respective asset and liability will occur in future periods in which significant amounts of 
deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. 

(f) 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Each class of Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less, where applicable, any accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses. 

Subsequent  costs  are  included  in  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  or  recognised  as  a  separate  asset,  as 
appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to 
the  Group  and  the  cost  of  the  item  can  be  measured  reliably.  All  other  repairs  and  maintenance  are 
charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred. 

Depreciation  

Plant and equipment (excluding the Co-O mine and milling equipment) is depreciated applying the straight 
line method over their estimated useful lives, commencing from the time the asset is held ready for use.  

Co-O mine and milling equipment ‘s useful life is estimated to approximate the expected life of the mine, the 
depreciation rate is based on a charge proportional to the depletion of estimated recoverable gold ounces 
contained in indicated and inferred resources. 

Depreciation  rates  and  methods  are  reviewed  annually  for  appropriateness.    When  changes  are  made, 
adjustments are reflected prospectively in current and future periods only. 

The depreciation rates used for each class of depreciable assets are: 

Class of fixed asset 

Depreciation method 

Depreciation rate (%) 

Plant and equipment (excluding Co-O mine & milling equipment) 

Office furniture and fittings 

Straight line 

Straight line 

20% to 33% 

7.5% to 20% 

An  asset’s  carrying  amount  is  written  down  immediately  to  its  recoverable  amount  if  the  asset’s  carrying 
amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. 

Gains  and  losses  on  disposals  are  determined  by  comparing  proceeds  with  the  carrying  amount.  These 
gains and losses are included in profit or loss. 

(g) 

Impairment of non-financial assets 

At  each  reporting  date,  the  Group  reviews  the  carrying  values  of  its  tangible  and  intangible  assets  to 
determine whether there is any indication that those assets have been impaired. If such an indication exists, 
the recoverable amount of the asset, being the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in 
use i.e. discounted cash flows, is compared to the asset’s carrying value. Any excess of the asset’s carrying 
value over its recoverable amount is expensed in profit or loss. 

Impairment testing is performed annually for intangible assets with indefinite lives.  

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. 

(h)  Operating leases 

Lease  payments  for operating  leases,  where  substantially  all  the  risks  and  benefits  remain  with  the  lessor, 
are charged as straight line over the length of the lease. 

Lease incentives under operating leases are recognised as a liability and amortised on a straight-line basis 
over the life of the lease term. 

Page 85 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(i)  Payables 

Payables are initially recognised at fair value and due to their short term nature they are measured at amortised 
cost and not discounted. 

(j)  Trade and other receivables   

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, using 
the effective interest rate method, less any provision for impairment. Trade receivables are generally due for 
settlement within 30 days. 

Collectability  of  trade  receivables  is  reviewed  on  an  on-going  basis.  Debts  which  are  known  to  be 
uncollectible  are  written  off  by  reducing  the  carrying  amount  directly.  A  provision  for  impairment  of  trade 
receivables is raised when there is objective evidence that the consolidated entity will not be able to collect 
all  amounts  due  according  to  the  original  terms  of  the  receivables.  Significant  financial  difficulties  of  the 
debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation and default or delinquency 
in  payments  (more  than  60  days  overdue)  are  considered  indicators  that  the  trade  receivable  may  be 
impaired. The amount of the impairment allowance is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and 
the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. Cash flows 
relating to short-term receivables are not discounted if the effect of discounting is immaterial. 

Other receivables are recognised at amortised cost, less any provision for impairment. 

(k)  Exploration and evaluation expenditure 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred by or on behalf of the Group is accumulated separately for 
each area of interest.  Such expenditure comprises direct costs and does not include general overheads or 
administrative expenditure not having a specific nexus with a particular area of interest. 

Exploration expenditure for each area of interest is carried forward as an asset provided the rights to tenure 
of the area of interest are current and one of the following conditions is met: 

  The  exploration  and  evaluation  expenditures  are  expected  to  be  recouped  through  successful 

development and exploitation of the area of interest, or alternatively, by its sale;  and 

  Exploration and evaluation activities in the area of interest have not at the reporting date reached a stage 
which  permits  a  reasonable  assessment  of  the  existence  or  otherwise  of  economically  recoverable 
reserves, and active and significant operations in, or in relation to, the area of interest is continuing. 

Exploration expenditure is written off when it fails to meet at least one of the conditions outlined above or an 
area of interest is abandoned. 

Exploration and evaluation assets are assessed for impairment when facts and circumstances suggest that 
the carrying amount of an exploration and evaluation asset may exceed its recoverable amount.  When facts 
and  circumstances suggest  that  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  recoverable  amount  the  impairment  loss 
will be measured and disclosed in accordance with AASB 136 Impairment of Assets. 

When a decision is made to develop an area of interest, all carried forward exploration expenditure in relation 
to the area of interest is transferred to development expenditure.  

(l)  Development expenditure 

Development  expenditure  represents  the  accumulated  exploration,  evaluation,  land  and  development 
expenditure incurred by or on behalf of the Group in relation to areas of interest in which mining of a mineral 
resource has commenced. 

When  further  development  expenditure  is  incurred  in  respect  of  a  mine  property  after  commencement  of 
production,  such  expenditure  is  carried  forward  as  part  of  the  mine  property  only  when  substantial  future 
economic  benefits  are  thereby  established,  otherwise  such  expenditure  is  classified  as  part  of  the  cost  of 
production. All horizontal development drives which include permanent rail and associated infrastructure are 
capitalised.  

Amortisation of costs is provided on the unit-of-production method with separate calculations being made -for 
each  mineral  resource.    The  unit-of-production  basis  results  in  an  amortisation  charge  proportional  to  the 
depletion of the estimated recoverable reserves.  In some circumstances, where conversion of resources into 
reserves is expected, some elements of resources may be included.  Where the life of the assets are shorter 
than the mine life their costs are amortised based on the useful life of the assets. 

The estimated recoverable reserves and life of the mine and the remaining useful life of each class of asset 
is reassessed at least annually.  Where there is a change in the reserves/resources amortisation rates are 
correspondingly adjusted. 

Page 86 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(m)  Rehabilitation costs 

Rehabilitation costs that are expected to be incurred are provided for as part of the cost of the exploration, 
evaluation,  development,  construction  or  production  phases  that  give  rise  to  the  need  for  restoration. 
Accordingly,  these  costs  are  recognised  gradually  over  the  life  of  the  facility  as  these  phases  occur.  The 
costs include obligations relating to reclamation, waste site closure, plant closure and other costs associated 
with the rehabilitation of the site.  

These estimates of the rehabilitation obligation are based on anticipated technology and legal requirements 
and  future  costs,  which  have  been  discounted  to  their  present  value.  Any  changes  in  the  estimates  are 
adjusted  on  a  progressive  basis.  In  determining  the  rehabilitation  obligations,  the  entity  has  assumed  no 
significant changes will occur in the relevant Federal, State or foreign legislation in relation to rehabilitation of 
such minerals projects in the future. At the reporting date, the group does not consider it has any significant 
unsatisfied obligations in respect to rehabilitation costs. 

(n)  Employee benefits 

  Provision is made for the Group liability for employee benefits arising from services rendered by employees 
to  reporting  date.  Employee  benefits  expected  to  be  settled  within  12  months  together  with  entitlements 
arising from wages, salaries and annual leave which will be settled after 12 months, have been measured at 
the amounts expected to be paid when the liability is settled plus related on-costs. 

Other  employee  benefits  payable  later  than  12  months  have  been  measured  at  the  present  value  of  the 
estimated future cash outflows to be made for those benefits. 

  Contributions  are  made  by  the  Group  to  several  employee  superannuation  funds  and  are  charged  as 

expenses when incurred. 

  In respect of defined benefit plans, the cost of providing the benefits is determined using the projected unit 
credit method. Actuarial valuations are conducted every three years, with valuations performed on an annual 
basis. Consideration is given to any event that could impact the funds up to the end of the reporting period 
where the interim valuation is performed at an earlier date. 

  The  amount  recognised  in  the  Statement  of  Financial  Position  represents  the  present  value  of  the  defined 
benefit obligations adjusted for any unrecognised actuarial gains and losses and unrecognised past service 
costs  less  the  fair  value  of  the  plan’s  assets.  Any  asset  recognised  is  limited  to  unrecognised  actuarial 
losses, plus the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan. 

  Actuarial  gains  and  losses  are  amortised  over  the  expected  average  remaining  working  lives  of  the 
participating employees in the plan. Gains or losses on the curtailment or settlement of a defined benefit plan 
are  recognised  in  the  profit  or  loss  when  the  Group  demonstrates  commitment  to  the  curtailment  or 
settlement. 

  Past  service  costs  are  recognised  when  incurred  to  the  extent  that  benefits  are  vested,  and  are  otherwise 

amortised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.   

(o)  Goods and services tax 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (“GST”), except 
where  the  amount  of  GST  incurred  is  not  recoverable  from  the  relevant  taxing  authority.  In  these 
circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of an item of the 
expense. 

Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included. The net amount of GST recoverable 
from,  or  payable  to,  the  taxing  authorities  is  included  as  a  current  asset  or  liability  in  the  Statement  of 
Financial  Position.  Cash  flows  are  included  in  the  Statement  of  Cash  Flows  on  a  gross  basis.  The  GST 
components  of  cash  flows  arising  from  investing  and  financing  activities  which  are  recoverable  from,  or 
payable to, the taxing authorities are classified as operating cash flows. 

(p)  Operating Segments 

Operating Segments are identified on the basis of internal management reports that are regularly reviewed 
by  the  entity’s  chief  operating  decision  maker,  for  the  purposes  of  allocating  resources  and  assessing 
performance. 

Segment  revenues  and  expenses  are  those  directly  attributable  to  the  segments.  Segment  assets  consist 
principally of cash, receivables, other financial assets, property, plant and equipment, net of allowances and 
accumulated depreciation and mineral properties. Segment liabilities consist principally of accounts payable 
and provisions. 

Page 87 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(q)  Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share ("EPS") is calculated by dividing the net profit or loss attributable to members of the 
Company for  the  reporting  period,  after  excluding any  costs  of servicing  equity  (other  than  ordinary shares 
and  converting  preference  shares  classified  as  ordinary  shares  for  EPS  calculation  purposes),  by  the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares of the Company, adjusted for any bonus issue. 

Diluted  EPS  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  basic  EPS  earnings,  adjusted  by  the  after  tax  effect  of  financing 
costs  associated  with  potential  ordinary  shares  and  the  effect  on  revenues  and  expenses  of  conversion  to 
ordinary  shares  associated  with  potential  ordinary  shares,  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary 
shares and potential ordinary shares adjusted for any bonus issue. 

(r)  Foreign currency transactions and balances 

Functional and presentation currency 

The functional currency of each of the Group’s entities is the currency of the primary economic environment 
in  which  that  entity  operates.  Though  the  Group’s  main  functional  currencies  are  the  Australian  dollar  and 
Philippines Peso, the presentation currency for the Group is US dollar. The reason for using US dollar as the 
presentation currency is that the US dollar is the primary currency used in the global gold market. 

Transaction and balances 

 Foreign currency transactions are translated into functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items are translated at the year-end exchange rate. 
Non-monetary items measured at historical cost continue to be carried at the exchange rate at the date of the 
transaction.  

Non-monetary items measured at fair value are reported at the exchange rate at the date when fair values 
were determined. 

Exchange differences arising on the translation of monetary items are recognised in the profit before income 
tax in the Statement of Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income. 

Group companies 

The  financial  results  and  position  of  foreign  operations  whose  functional  currency  is  different  from  the 
Group’s presentation currency are translated as follows: 
 -   assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates prevailing at that reporting date; 
 -   income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the period where this approximates 
rate at the transaction date; and 
 -   retained earnings are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. 

Exchange  differences  arising  on  translation  of  foreign  operations  are  recognised  in  other  comprehensive 
income and accumulated in  the  foreign  currency  translation  reserve  in  the  Statement of  Financial  Position. 
These differences are reclassified from equity to profit or loss (as a reclassification adjustment) in the period 
in which the operation is disposed. 

The  functional  currency  of  the  parent  entity,  Medusa  Mining  Limited  is  Australian  dollar, Mindanao  Mineral 
Processing and Refining Corporation is United States dollar and the remaining entities are Philippine pesos.  
The reason for using US dollar as the presentation currency is that the US dollar is the primary currency used 
in the global gold market. 

(s)  Cash and cash equivalents 

For the purpose of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents include: 
- 
- 

cash on hand and at call deposits with bank or financial institutions, net of bank overdrafts; and 
  investments in money market instruments with less than 30 days to maturity.  

These amounts are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant 
risk of changes in value.  

Page 88 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(t)  Financial instruments 

Recognition, Initial Measurement and Derecognition 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the financial instrument, and are measured initially at fair value adjusted by transactions costs, 
except  for  those  carried  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss,  which  are  measured  initially  at  fair  value.  
Subsequent measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities are described below. 

Financial  assets  are  derecognised  when  the  contractual  rights  to  the  cash  flows  from  the  financial  asset 
expire, or when the financial asset and all substantial risks and rewards are transferred.  A financial liability is 
derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, cancelled or expires.   

Classification and Subsequent Measurement of Financial Assets 

For the purpose of subsequent measurement, financial assets other than those designated and effective as 
hedging instruments are classified into the following categories upon initial recognition:  
• 
• 
• 
• 

Loans and receivables 
Financial assets at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (‘FVTPL’) 
Held-To-Maturity (‘HTM’) investments; or 
Available-For-Sale (‘AFS’) financial assets   

All financial assets except for those at FVTPL are subject to review for impairment at least at each reporting 
date to identify whether there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is 
impaired.  Different criteria to determine impairment are applied for each category of financial assets, which 
are described below.   

All income and expenses relating to financial assets that are recognised in profit or loss are presented within 
finance  costs,  finance  income  or  other  financial  items,  except  for  impairment  of  trade  receivables  which  is 
presented within other expenses.   

Loans and Receivables 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not  

quoted in an active market.  After initial recognition, these are measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest  method,  less  provision  for  impairment.    Discounting  is  omitted  where  the  effect  of  discounting  is 
immaterial.  The Group's cash and cash equivalents, trade and most other receivables fall into  this category 
of financial instruments. 

Individually  significant  receivables  are  considered  for  impairment  when  they  are  past  due  or  when  other 
objective evidence is received that a specific counterparty will default.  Receivables that are not considered 
to be individually impaired are reviewed for impairment in groups, which are determined by reference to the 
industry  and  region  of  a  counterparty  and  other  shared  credit  risk  characteristics.    The  impairment  loss 
estimate is then based on recent historical counterparty default rates for each identified group. 

HTM Investments 

HTM investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity 
other  than  loans  and  receivables.    Investments  are  classified  as  HTM  if  the  Group  has  the  intention  and 
ability to hold them until maturity.  The Group currently holds listed bonds designated into this category. 

HTM investments are measured subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method.  If there 
is objective evidence that the investment is impaired, determined by reference to external credit ratings, the 
financial asset is measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows.  Any  change to the carrying 
amount of the investment, including impairment losses, is recognised in profit or loss. 

Classification and subsequent measurement of financial liabilities 

The Group’s financial liabilities include borrowings, trade and other payables. 

Financial liabilities are measured subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method, except 
for financial liabilities held for trading or designated at FVTPL, that are carried subsequently at fair value with 
gains or losses recognised in profit or loss.  All derivative financial instruments that are not designated and 
effective as hedging instruments are accounted for at FVTPL. 

Page 89 of 121 

 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(u) 

Inventories 

Raw  materials  and  stores,  ore  stockpiles  and  work  in  progress  and  finished  gold  stocks  are  physically 
measured  or  estimated  and  valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realisable  value.  Net  realisable  value  less 
costs  to  sell  is  assessed  annually  based  on  the  amount  estimated  to  be  obtained  from  sale  of  the  item  of 
inventory in the normal course of business, less any anticipated costs to be incurred prior to its sale. 

Cost comprises direct materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of variable and fixed overhead 
expenditure and depreciation and amortisation relating to mining activities, the latter being allocated on the 
basis  of  normal  operating  capacity.  Costs  are  assigned  to  individual  items  of  inventory  on  the  basis  of 
weighted average costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, 
less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. 

Inventories  of  consumable  supplies  and  spare  parts  expected  to  be  used  in  production  are  valued  at  the 
lower of weighted average cost, which includes the cost of purchase as well as transportation and statutory 
charges, or net realisable value. Any provision for obsolescence is determined by reference to specific stock 
items identified. 

Gold Inventory is comprised of gold in circuit and gold dore held at site where risk and reward has not passed 
to  the  customer.  During  the  exploration  and  development  phase,  where  the  cost  of  extracting  the  ore 
exceeds the likely recoverable amount, work in progress inventory is written down to net realisable value. 

(v)  Share based payments 

The fair value of the equity to which employees become entitled is measured at grant date and recognised as 
an expense over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase to an equity account.  

The  fair  value  of  options  is  ascertained  using  a  Black-Scholes  pricing  model.  The  number  of  shares  and 
options expected to vest is reviewed and adjusted at each reporting date such that the amount recognised for 
services received as consideration for the equity instruments granted shall be based on the number of equity 
instruments that eventually vest. 

(w)  Defined Benefit Fund 

The  Company  has  a  funded non-contributory  retirement  plan  for  employees  in  the  Philippines.  The  cost  of 
providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method which reflects services rendered by 
employees to the date of valuation and incorporates assumptions concerning employees’ projected salaries. 

The  retirement  benefit  obligation  recognised  in  the  Statement  of  Financial  Position  represents  the  present 
value of the defined benefit obligation as adjusted for unrecognised past service cost, and as reduced by the 
fair value of plan assets. 

The funding policy is to contribute an amount based on the actuarial valuation report which is carried out at 
regular intervals. 

(x) 

Critical accounting estimates and judgments 

The  directors  evaluate  estimates  and  judgments  incorporated  into  the  financial  report  based  on  historical 
knowledge  and  best  available  current  information.  Estimates  assume  a  reasonable  expectation  of  future 
events and are based on current trends and economic data, obtained both externally and within the Group. 

Key estimates - Impairment of non-financial assets 

The  Group  assesses  impairment  at  each  reporting date  by evaluating conditions specific to  the  Group  that 
may  lead  to  impairment  of  non-financial  assets  (refer  note  1(g)).  Where  an  impairment  trigger  exists,  the 
recoverable  amount  of  the  asset  is  determined.  Value-in-use  calculations  performed  in  assessing 
recoverable amounts incorporate a number of key estimates. Refer to details of key elements and  carrying 
values of non-financial assets at note 13. 

Key estimates - Recoverability of long lived assets 

Certain assumptions are required to be made in order to assess the recoverability of capitalised development 
expenditure. Key assumptions include the future price of gold, future cash flows, an estimated discount rate 
and estimates of ore reserves. In addition, cash flows are projected over the life of mine, which is based on 
proved  and  probable  ore  reserves.  Estimates  of  ore  reserves  in  themselves  are  dependent  on  various 
assumptions,  in  addition  to  those  described  above,  including  cut-off  grades.  Changes  in  these  estimates 
could materially impact on ore reserves, and could therefore affect estimates of future cash flows used in the 
assessment of recoverable amount. 

Page 90 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

1. 

STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

Key estimates - Determination of ore reserves and remaining mine life 

The  Company  estimates  its  ore  reserves  and  mineral  resources  based  on  information  compiled  by 
Competent Persons (as defined in accordance with the Australian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, 
Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves as revised June 2012 code (the JORC code)). Reserves determined in 
this way are taken into account in the calculation of depreciation of mining plant and equipment (refer to note 
11), amortisation of capitalised development expenditure (refer to note 12), and impairment relating to these 
assets (refer to note 13). 

In estimating the remaining life of the mine for the purpose of amortisation and depreciation calculations, due 
regard  is  given,  not  only  to  the  amount  of  remaining  recoverable  gold  ounces  contained  in  proved  and 
probable ore reserves, but also to limitations which could arise from the potential for changes in technology, 
demand, and other issues which are inherently difficult to estimate over a lengthy time frame. 

Where  a  change  in  estimated  recoverable  gold  ounces  contained  in  proved  and  probable  ore  reserves  is 
made, depreciation and amortisation is accounted for prospectively, 

The  determination  of  ore  reserves  and  remaining  mine  life  affects  the  carrying  value  of  a  number  of  the 
consolidated entity’s assets and liabilities including deferred mining costs and the provision for rehabilitation. 

Key estimates - Exploration and evaluation expenditure 

The  consolidated  entity’s  accounting  policy  for  exploration  and  evaluation  expenditure  (refer  to  note  12) 
results in certain items of expenditure being capitalised for an area of interest where it is considered likely to 
be recoverable by future exploitation or sale where the activities have not reached a stage which permits a 
reasonable  assessment  of  the  existence  of  reserves.  This  policy  requires  management  to  make  certain 
estimates  and  assumptions  as  to  future  events  and  circumstances,  in  particular  whether  an  economically 
viable  extraction  operation  can  be  established.  Any  such  estimates  and  assumptions  may  change  as  new 
information becomes available. If, after having capitalised the expenditure under the policy, a judgement is 
made that recovery of the expenditure is unlikely, the relevant capitalised amount will be written off to profit or 
loss. 

Key estimates - Development expenditure 

Development  activities  commence  after  project  sanctioning  by  the  appropriate  level  of  management. 
Judgement is applied by management in determining when a project is economically viable. In exercising this 
judgment,  management  is  required  to  make  certain  estimates  and  assumptions  similar  to  those  described 
above  for  capitalised  exploration  and  evaluation  expenditure.  Any  such  estimates  and  assumptions  may 
change  as  new  information  becomes  available.  If,  after  having  commenced  the  development  activity,  a 
judgement is made that a development asset is impaired, the impairment change is included in profit or loss. 

Key estimates - Share based payments 

The consolidated entity measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the 
fair  value  of  the  equity  instruments  at  the  date  at  which  they  are  granted.  The  fair  value  is  determined  by 
using  the  Black-Scholes  model  taking  into  account  the  terms  and  conditions  upon  which  the  instruments 
were  granted.  The  accounting  estimates  and  assumptions  relating  to  equity-settled  share-based  payments 
would have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period 
but may impact profit or loss and equity. (Refer to note 20). 

Key estimates - VAT 

The company has net VAT of $19m that comprises tax credit certificates (TCC) and VAT claimable for cash. 
The current asset portion of VAT $3m comprises amounts that are estimated to be utilised by TCC to offset 
various  indirect  taxes  within  the  current  period.  The  non-current  amount  of  VAT  receivable  of  $16m 
represents the estimated amount utilised in future periods against tax liabilities of $16m. 

(y)  Rounding of amounts 

The Company has applied the relief available to it under Class Order 98/100 and accordingly, amounts in the 
financial report and directors’ report have been rounded to the nearest $1,000 

Page 91 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

2. 

REVENUE 

Operating activities: 

Gold and silver sales 

Non-operating activities: 

Interest revenue 
Foreign exchange gain 
Other 

Total revenue 

3. 

EXPENSES 

Profit  /(loss)  before  income  tax  expense/(income) 
has been determined after charging/(crediting) the 
following items: 

Depreciation of non-current assets  
Amortisation expense  

Total depreciation & amortisation 

Employee benefits expense 

Defined Contribution plans 

Defined Benefit plans 

Exploration expenditure written off 

Foreign exchange gain 

Impairment losses:  
 - impairment expense 
 - assets written off 

Operating lease rental: 
 - minimum lease payments 

4. 

DIVIDENDS 

No Final dividend was declared (2014: No Final 
dividend was declared) 

No  Interim  or  final  dividend  was  declared  or  paid  during 
the current or previous financial years. 

Consolidated 

2015 

Note 

US$000 

2014 

US$000 

123,093 

83,882 

79 
- 
32 

160 
72 
82 

123,204 

84,196 

12,449 
19,240 

31,689 

9,062 
8,479 

17,541 

8,332 

5,954 

123 

291 

267 

224 

13 

259,595 
819 

260,414 

37 

- 

- 

90 

480 

107 

- 

- 
552 

552 

102 

- 

- 

Page 92 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                                            
                                               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

5. 

TAXATION 

(a)   The components of tax expense comprise: 

Current tax 

Deferred tax  

Under / Over 

(b) 

 The prima facie tax on profit before income tax is reconciled to the 

income tax as follows: 

Operating profit before income tax 

Prima facie income tax expense/(credit) at  30% (2014: 30%) on 
operating profit  

less - tax effect of: 

Other non-deductible/(non-assessable) expenses 

Difference of effective foreign income tax rates 

Deferred tax adjustment  

Impairment of assets 

Share based payments expense 

Non-deductible foreign expenditure 

Foreign Exchange 

Charitable contribution 

Under / Over 

Income tax expense/(benefit) 

The applicable weighted average effective tax rates are as follows: 

 The reason for the 0% weighted average effective tax rate for the current 
year is due to the impact of the tax free holiday in Mindanao Mineral 
Processing and Refining Corporation, a subsidiary of the parent entity, 
through which sales of bullion are recorded. 

(c)  Deferred tax assets not brought to account, the benefits of which 
will only be realised if the conditions for deductibility set out in Note 
1(e) occur:- 

 - Temporary differences 

 - Australian tax losses 

 - Philippine tax losses 

Consolidated 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

1,578 

(2,263) 

- 

(685) 

- 

261 

(472) 

(211) 

(218,795) 

30,660 

(65,638) 

9,198 

424 

(18,467) 

649 

82,273 

91 

1,124 

(1,946) 

157 

648 

(685) 

1,162 

(10,349) 

250 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(472) 

(211) 

30% 

- 

165 

3,576 

- 

3,741 

263 

3,290 

- 

3,553 

The benefit of tax losses will only be obtained if: 

(i) 

the Group derives future assessable income of a nature and of an amount sufficient to enable the benefit to 
be realised; 

(ii)  the Group continues to comply with the conditions for deductibility imposed by the law; and  

(iii)  no changes in tax legislation adversely affect the Group in realising the benefit. 

6. 

EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Earnings used to calculate basic  and diluted EPS 

(218,109) 

30,871 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of 
the basic earnings per share. 

Weighted average  unlisted options outstanding 

207,794,301 

200,632,560 

2,859,315 

       1,632,692 

Weighted average of ordinary shares diluted as at 30 June 2015 

210,653,616 

  202,265,252 

Page 93 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

Consolidated 

2014 
2015 
US$000 
Note                                                     

US$000 

7.  CURRENT RECEIVABLES 

Gold awaiting settlement 

GST/VAT receivables 

Other receivables 

Total current receivables 

Refer ageing analysis in Financial Instruments Note 25(b). 

8. 

INVENTORIES 

Consumables - at cost 

Ore stockpile - at cost 

Gold Inventory - at cost 

Total inventories 

9.  OTHER  CURRENT ASSETS 

Prepayments 

10.  NON CURRENT RECEIVABLES 

GST/VAT receivables 

Total non-current receivables 

11.  PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT 

Plant & equipment: 

At cost 

less - provision for impairment 

less - accumulated depreciation 

Total plant and equipment at net book value 

Furniture & fittings: 

At cost 

less – provision for impairment 

less - accumulated depreciation 

Total furniture & fittings at net book value 

Total carrying amount at end of year 

Reconciliations: 

Plant and equipment: 

Carrying amount at beginning of year 

plus - additions 

less - disposal 

Less – forex differences on translation 

less - impairment 

less - depreciation 

Carrying amount at end of year 

4,626 

17,165 

794 

22,585 

14,965 

2,270 

2,602 

19,837 

619 

8,410 

3,001 

12,030 

9,916 

2,862 

5,306 

18,084 

615 

512 

16,311 

16,311 

21,489 

21,489 

157,334 

147,660 

(67,873) 

(44,439) 

45,022 

- 

(32,476) 

115,184 

908 

(253) 

(655) 

- 

799 

- 

(513) 

286 

45,022 

115,470 

115,184 

11,247 

(1,259) 

- 

(67,872) 

(12,278) 

45,022 

101,178 

23,582 

(131) 

(570) 

- 

(8,875) 

115,184 

13 

Page 94 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

11.  PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT (continued) 

Furniture & fittings: 

Carrying amount at beginning of year 

plus - additions 

less - disposals 

Less – forex differences on translation 

less - impairment 

less - depreciation 

Total Carrying amount at end of year 

12.  EXPLORATION , EVALUATION & DEVELOPMENT EXPENDITURE 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure: 

At cost 

less – provisions for impairment 

Total carrying amount at end of year 

Development expenditure: 

At cost 

less – provisions for impairment 

less - accumulated amortisation 

Net development expenditure 

Total carrying amount at end of year 

Reconciliations: 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure: 

Carrying amount at beginning of year 

plus - costs incurred 

less -  transferred to development 

less - expenditure written off 

less -  impairment 

plus/(less) - forex differences upon translation 

Carrying amount at end of year 

Development expenditure: 

Carrying amount at beginning of year 

plus - costs incurred 

plus - transferred from exploration 

less - amortisation expense 

plus - impairment 

plus - forex differences upon translation 

Carrying amount at end of year 

Consolidated 

2015 
US$000 

Note 

2014 
US$000 

286 

109 

- 

- 

(254) 

(141) 

- 

15,157 

(4,130) 

11,027 

326,654 

(187,339) 

(52,267) 

87,048 

98,075 

371 

39 

(61) 

56 

- 

(119) 

286 

29,857 

- 

29,857 

264,991 

- 

(33,105) 

231,886 

261,743 

29,857 

10,122 

29,186 

15,768 

(21,842) 

(10,949) 

(266) 

(4,130) 

(2,714) 

11,027 

(107) 

- 

(4,041) 

29,857 

231,886 

190,776 

36,635 

21,842 

(19,193) 

(187,339) 

3,217 

87,048 

36,329 

10,949 

(8,399) 

- 

2,231 

231,886 

13 

13 

13 

Page 95 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

13. 

 IMPAIRMENT OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS 

In  accordance  with  the  Group’s  accounting  policies  and  processes,  the  Group  performs  its  impairment  testing 
annually at 30 June. Non-financial assets are reviewed at each reporting period to determine whether there is an 
indication of impairment.  

When indicators of impairment exist, a formal estimate of the recoverable amount is made. External and internal 
indicators of impairment as at 30 June 2015 included; 

  Updated life of mine (‘LOM’) plans resultant from the JORC 12 Compliance Statement Review; 
  Increased expected future costs of production; and 
  Reduction in the Group’s market capitalisation relative to the carrying values of non-current assets.  

Due  to  the  indicators  above,  the  Group  assessed  the  recoverable  amounts  of  its  major  cash-generating  unit 
(‘CGU), relating to the Co-O mining operations.  

a) Impairment testing 
i) Methodology 
Impairment  is  recognised  when  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  recoverable  amount.  The  recoverable  amount 
being  the  value  in  use  of  the  CGU  has  been  estimated  using  the  discounted  cashflows  method  based  on  the 
Group’s recoverable minerals.  

Value  in  use  is  estimated  based  on  discounted  cash  flows  using  market  based  commodity  price,  estimated 
quantities of recoverable minerals, production levels, operating costs and capital requirements. When Life of Mine 
(LOM)  plans  fully  utilise  the  existing  mineral  resource  and  the  Group  have  demonstrated  an  ability  to  replenish 
resources, an estimated replenishment rate has been applied to unmined resources. 

The estimates in the value in use calculation are considered to be level 3 measurements as they are derived from 
valuation techniques that include inputs that are not based on observable market data. The Group considers the 
inputs and the valuation approach to be consistent with the approach taken by similar market participants. 

Estimates  of  quantities  of  recoverable  minerals,  production  levels,  operating  costs  and  capital  requirements  are 
sourced  from  the  Group planning  and  budgeting  process, mill  capacity  levels  and mining  plans  for the  following 
year.  The  2016  budget  and  mine  plan  were  developed  in  the  context  of  the  current  gold  price  environment. 

Significant  judgements  and  assumptions  are  made  by  the  Group  to  determine  value  in  use.  This  includes 
assessing  variable  key  assumptions  such  as  gold  market  prices,  cost  structures,  production  utilisation  and 
capacity,  available  minerals  and  discount  rates.  Any  change  in  these  variable  assumptions  can  cause  adverse 
changes in one or more of the assumptions used to estimate value in use.  

ii) Key Assumptions 
The  table  below  summarises  the  key  assumptions  used  in  the  30  June  2015  carrying  value  assessments. 
Comparison to the prior period has been provided. 

Assumptions 

Gold (US$ per ounce) 

Post-Tax Discount rate (%) 

Probable reserves 

2015 

2016-2020 

  1,200 

11.1 

590,000 

Production capacity per annum 

135,000-150,000 

2014 

2015-2019 

1,300 

10 

820,000 

120,000 

Commodity prices  
Commodity prices are estimated with reference to external market forecasts and reviewed at  least annually. The 
price applied has taken into account observable market data. 

Discount rate 
The future cash flows of the CGU are discounted by the estimated  real after tax weighted average cost of capital 
(WACC), pursuant to the Capital Asset Pricing Model. This has been estimated based on the Group level WACC 
rate as the Co-O mining operation is the Group’s primary asset.  

Page 96 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

Production activity and operating and capital costs 
Life  of  mine  production  activity  and  operating  and  capital  cost  assumptions  are  based  on  the  Group’s  latest 
budget,  including  the  five  year  budget  and  separately  estimated  LOM  plan.  Discounted  cash  flows  include 
expected  cost  improvements  and  sustaining  capital  requirements.  Estimated  production  is  assumed  consistent 
with the capacity constraint of the Co-O mill taken into account while assuming a constant recovery rate. 

Resources and reserves 
Resource and Reserve ounces were based on JORC 2012 and disclosed in the Review of Operations section of 
the Group’s Annual Report.  

iii) Impacts 
The  estimated  recoverable  amount  of  the  Group’s  Co-O  mining  operations  CGU  after  reflecting  the  impairment 
write downs has resulted in a non-current assets impairment charge of $259.6million after tax, as summarised in 
the table below: 

Development 

Plant & Equipment 

Mineral properties 

Note 

12 

11 

12 

3 

Carrying 
amount 

$’000 

274,387 

113,148 

15,157 

402,692 

Impairment 

$’000 

Balance 

$’000 

(187,339) 

  87,048 

(68,126) 

(4,130) 

45,022 

11,027 

(259,595) 

143,097 

b) Sensitivity Analysis 
The  impairment  of  the  Co-O  CGU  has  resulted  in  the  recoverable  amount  of  these  assets  being  equal  to  their 
revised  carrying  amounts  as  at  30  June  2015.  Variation  movements  in  any  key  assumptions  described  above 
would result in a change to the estimated recoverable amount. Variations to the above assumption could have a 
negative impact on recoverable amount which could indicate additional impairment to non-current assets. 

The  changes  to  estimated  key  assumptions  would  have  the  following  approximate  impact  on  the  recoverable 
amount of the CGU in its functional currency that has been subject to impairment in the  30 June 2015 statutory 
accounts: 

Assumption changes  

US $100 per ounce change in gold price 

1 percent increase/decrease in the discount rate 

5 percent increase in operating costs  

Effect on 
Impairment 
of 

Co-O CGU 

$’000 

54,200 

4,780 

36,700 

In  addition  to  the  above,  the  level  of  production  activity  is  also  a  key  assumption  in  the  determination  of 
recoverable  amount.  Should  the  Group  recognise  decreases/increases  in  processing  capacity,  changes  in 
recoverable  amount  estimates  may  arise.  Due  to  the  number  of  factors  that  could  impact  production  activity, 
assessment to sensitivity has not been determined for these factors. 

The sensitivities above assume specific assumption moves are in isolation, whilst all other assumptions are held 
constant.  In  reality,  a  change  in  one  of  the  aforementioned  assumptions  may  accompany  a  change  in  another 
assumption. 

Page 97 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

14.  BORROWINGS 

Current borrowings 

   Unsecured liability – Interest bearing loan 

Total Current borrowings 

Non-Current borrowings 

   Secured liability – Interest bearing loan 

   Unsecured liability – Interest bearing loan 

Total Non-Current borrowings 

Total  

Metropolitan Bank and Trust Company  

Consolidated 

2015 

US$000 

2014 
US$000 

3,822 

3,822 

873 

1,278 

2,151 

5,973 

7,132 

7,132 

662 

1,540 

2,202 

9,334 

Philsaga Mining Corporation ("Philsaga"), a subsidiary of the Company, obtained loans from Metropolitan Bank 
and  Trust  Company  in  2015  and  2014  amounting  to  U$5.4M  and  U$13.4M,  respectively.  These  loans  bear 
interest rates ranging from 3.75% to 4.00% and have terms of one (1) to sixty (60) months. As of June 30, 2015 
and  2014,  the  outstanding  balances  of  these  loans  amounted  to  U$5.4M  and  U$8.2M,  respectively.  These 
amounts include loans that are denominated in Euro and Dollar acquired during the year. 

15. 

 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 

Current: 

Employee benefits 

Total current employee benefit 

Non-Current: 

Retirement Benefit 

Total current employee benefit 

504 

504 

1,762 

1,762 

740 

740 

1,354 

1,354 

The Retirement benefit in Non-current liabilities relates to Philippine based employees defined benefit plan. 
The most recent actuarial valuations of plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation 
were carried out at 30 June 2014. The present value of the defined benefit obligation and the related current 
service cost and past service cost was measured using the Projected Unit Credit Method. 
The principal assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations were as follows: 
Discount Rate –                               
Expected rate of salary increase - 
Assumptions  were  developed  by  management  with  the  assistance  of  independent  actuarial  appraisers. 
Discount factors are determined close to year-end by reference to high quality Government bonds that are 
denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating 
to  the  terms  of  the  related  pension  obligation.  Other  assumptions  are  based  on  management’s  historical 
experience. 

4.65% 
3.00% 

5.15%  
3.00%  

Page 98 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

15.      EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED) 

Amounts    recognised  in  profit  or  loss  in  respect  of  these  defined  benefit 
plans are as follows: 

Current service cost 

Interest on obligation 

Amortisation of past service cost-non vested 

Total  

The amount included in the statements of financial position arising from the 
entity’s obligation in respect of its defined benefit plans is as follows: 

Present Value of defined benefit obligation 

Unrecognised actuarial loss 

Unamortised past service cost-non vested 

Total  

Movements  in  the  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit  obligation  in  the 
current period were as follows: 

Balance beginning 

Current service cost 

Interest Cost 

Benefits Paid 

Actuarial loss 

Unrecognised actuarial loss 

Past service cost – non vested 

Foreign exchange gains/(loss) 

Balance ending 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

369 

63 

- 

432 

2,172 

(313) 

(97) 

1,762 

1,745 

369 

63 

- 

(6) 

- 

- 

1 

280 

55 

40 

375 

1,745 

(276) 

(115) 

1,354 

910 

280 

55 

- 

- 

313 

(157) 

344 

2,172 

1,745 

The Company has no plan assets held by trustees but an employee retirement fund 
amounting  to  US$1,129,391(2013:US$1,145,538)  was  appropriated  as  at  June  30, 
2014. The employee retirement fund is presented as part of cash at bank. 

Consolidated 

Opening 
Balance 

US$000 

Forex on 
translation 
US$000 

Credit/ 
(charged)   
to Income 
US$000 

Closing 
Balance 
US$000 

16.  DEFERRED TAX 

Consolidated Group 

30 June 2015 

Deferred tax liability 

Capitalised exploration & evaluation expenditure 

Deferred tax assets 

Carried forward tax losses 

Other 

Carried forward tax losses 

1,782 

1,453 

1,530 

2,983 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1,492) 

290 

555 

217 

772 

2,008 

1,747 

3,755 

Page 99 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

16.      DEFERRED TAX (continued) 

Consolidated Group 

30 June 2014 

Deferred tax liability 

Capitalised exploration & evaluation expenditure 

Deferred tax assets 

Carried forward tax losses 

Other 

Carried forward tax losses 

Consolidated 

Opening 
Balance 

US$000 

Forex on 
translation 
US$000 

Credit/ 
(charged)   
to Income 
US$000 

Closing 
Balance 
US$000 

141 

1,451 

152 

1,603 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,641 

1,782 

2 

1,453 

1,378 

1,530 

1,380 

2,983 

Consolidated 

2015 

US$000 

2014 
US$000 

17.  AUDITOR’S REMUNERATION 

Remuneration  received  or  due  and  receivable  by  the  Company’s  auditors,  
Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd  for: 

  auditing or reviewing the financial reports 

110 

149 

  other services: 

-  other services provided by related practice of auditor - taxation and compliance 

Total auditor’s remuneration 

Remuneration of other auditors of the Company’s Philippines subsidiaries for: 

  auditing or reviewing the financial reports 

  other services: 

-  other services provided by related practice of auditor - legal and taxation 

Total auditor’s remuneration 

15 

125 

97 

5 

102 

5 

154 

73 

5 

78 

Page 100 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

18. 

 ISSUED CAPITAL 

207,794,301 ordinary shares (30 June 2014: 207,794,301) 

Total issued capital   

Ordinary shares 

Balance at beginning of year 

Ordinary shares issued during the year: 

(i)  Ordinary shares issued - new issues 

Balance at end of year 

Ordinary shares 

Consolidated 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

102,902 

102,902 

102,902 

102,902 

102,902 

73,070 

- 

29,832 

102,902 

102,902 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the company 
in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. The fully paid ordinary shares have no par 
value. 

On a show of hands every member present at a meeting in person or by proxy shall have one vote and upon a 
poll each share shall have one vote. 

Balance at beginning of year 

Ordinary shares issued during the year: 

07 November 2013 @ A$1.80 pursuant to share placement 

25 November 2013 @ A$1.80 pursuant to share placement 

Balance at end of year 

Capital Management 

207,794,301 

188,903,911 

- 

- 

9,445,195 

9,445,195 

207,794,301 

207,794,301 

Management  controls  the  capital  of  the  Group  by  monitoring  performance  against  budget  to  provide  the 
shareholders with adequate returns and ensure that the Group can fund its operations and continue as a going 
concern.  

The Group's liabilities and capital includes ordinary share capital, options and financial liabilities, supported by 
financial assets.  

Management effectively manages the Group’s capital by assessing the Group’s financial risks and adjusting its 
capital  structure  in  response  to  changes  in  these  risks  and  in  the  market.    These  responses  include  the 
management of debt levels, distributions to shareholders and share issues.  

Capital for the reporting period under review is summarised as follows: 

Total Equity 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Capital 

Total equity 

Borrowings 

Overall financing 

Capital-to-overall financing ratio 

     Consolidated 

2015 

US$000 

2014 
US$000 

192,008 

412,306 

(9,987) 

      (13,063)     

182,021 

399,243 

192,008 

412,306 

5,973 

9,334 

197,981 

         421,640 

92% 

              95% 

Page 101 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

19. 

 RESERVES 

Option and performance rights reserve 

Foreign currency translation reserve 

Total reserves 

(a)    Option and performance rights reserve 

       Consolidated 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

304 

6,309 

6,613 

4,638 

8,802 

13,440 

The option reserve records items recognised as expenses on valuation of share based payments. 

Unlisted options over ordinary shares at 30 June 2015  
(unless otherwise stated, all unlisted options and performance rights have full vesting rights) 

  3,200,000 options expiring 16 December 2018 and exercisable at A$1.00 each  

(the options were not vested at reporting date). 

  1,000,000 options expiring 9 February 2019 and exercisable at A$1.00 each  

(the options were not vested at reporting date). 

The above unlisted options do not entitle the holders to participate in any share issue of the Company. 

(b)   Foreign Currency Translation Reserve 

The  foreign  currency  translation  reserve  for  the  group  records  exchange  differences  arising  on 
translation of foreign controlled subsidiaries.  

20. 

 SHARE BASED PAYMENTS 

The following share based payment arrangements existed during 30 June 2014: 

(i)  On  16  December  2014,  3,200,000  options  were  issued  to  Australian  and  Philippine  based  employees. 
The options, which hold no voting or dividend rights have an expiry date of 16 December 2018 and are 
exercisable  at  A$1.00  per  option.  Under  the  terms  of  the  Issue  the  employees  would  be  required  to 
remain in the employment of the Company at 16 December 2015 to achieve 30% vesting of the options, 
at 16 December 2016 to achieve 30% vesting of the options, with full vesting if they remain employees of 
the Company a year later on 16 December 2017. At reporting date all options remain unexercised. 

(ii)  On 9 February 2015, 1,000,000 options were issued to Australian and Philippine based employees. The 
options  which  hold  no  voting  or  dividend  rights  have  an  expiry  date  of  9  February  2019  and  are 
exercisable  at  A$1.00  per  option.  Under  the  terms  of  the  Issue  the  employees  would  be  required  to 
remain in the employment of the Company at 9 February 2016 to achieve 30% vesting of the options, at 
9 February 2017 to achieve 30% vesting of the options, with full vesting if they remain employees of the 
Company a year later on 9 February 2018. At reporting date all options remain unexercised. 

Share based options  

Outstanding at start of year 

Granted 

Forfeited 

Expired 

Exercised 

Outstanding at year end 

Exercisable at year end 

2015 

2014 

Number of options 
and performance 
rights 

Weighted 
average exercise 
price (A$) 

Number of options 
and performance 
rights 

Weighted 
average exercise 
price (A$) 

1,575,000 

4,200,000 

6.0487 

1.0000 

1,715,000 

4.4000 

- 

- 

(140,000) 

(1,575,000) 

6.0487 

- 

4,200,000 

- 

- 

1.000 

1.000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,575,000 

- 

6.0487 

4.4000 

During the year 2015, 1,575,000 Options expired. 

The  options  outstanding  at  30  June  2015  (all  of  which  are  unlisted)  had  a  weighted  average  exercise  price  of 
A$1.00 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 42.60 months. 

Included  under  administration  expense  in  the  Statement  of  Profit  or  Loss  and  other  Comprehensive  Income  is 
US$304,025 (2014: US$190,547) and relates, in full, to equity-settled share based payment transactions relating 
to employees. 

Page 102 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

21.  INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES 

The following companies are controlled entities of Medusa Mining Limited as at 30 June 2015: 

Controlled Entities 

Medusa Exploration & Development Corporation  

Phsamed Mining Corporation  

Medusa Overseas Holding Corporation  

Date of 
incorporation 

29 May 2003 

23 Apr 2003  

08 May 2003 

Country of 
incorporation 

  %  interest held 

2015 

2014 

Philippines 

Philippines 

Philippines 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

40% 

Philsaga Mining Corporation  

17 May 2001  

Philippines 

Mindanao Mineral Processing and Refining Corporation  

03 Nov 2005 

Philippines 

100% 

100% 

Medusa Mining Limited ("Medusa") holds 40% of the issued shares of Medusa Exploration and Development 
Corporation  ("MEDC").      As  Medusa  has  various  agreements  in  place  and  pursuant  to  local  statutory 
provisions, Medusa has effective sole rights to the economic returns of MEDC and its subsidiary companies.   
In such circumstances, the assets and liabilities of MEDC and its subsidiaries have been attributed 100% to 
the Consolidated Entity.   

22. 

 RETAINED PROFITS 

Retained profit at start of year 

Net (loss) /profit attributable to members of Company 

Transfer from share option reserve 

Retained profits at end of year 

Consolidated 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

295,964 

(218,109) 

4,638 

82,493 

265,093 

30,871 

- 

295,964 

Page 103 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

23.  NOTES TO STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

(a)  Reconciliation of cash: 

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash includes cash 
on  hand  and  short  term  deposits  at  call,  net  of  outstanding  bank 
overdrafts.  Cash  at  the  end  of  the  financial  year  as  shown  in  the 
Statement  of  Cash  Flows  is  reconciled  to  the  related  items  in  the 
Statement of Financial Position as follows:- 

Cash at bank 
Cash on hand 

Total cash assets 

(b)  Reconciliation of profit /(loss) after income tax to net cash 

provided by operating activities: 

(Loss) /Profit after income tax 
add/(less)- 
Non-cash items: 

-   Depreciation/amortisation 

-   Exploration expenses written off 

-   Recognition of share based expenses 

-   Impairment expense 

-   Foreign exchange (gain) / loss 

-   Bad debts written off 

-   VAT write off 

-   Deferred tax credit 

-   Loss on asset disposal / write off 

-   Income tax credit /(expense) 

add/(less) - 
Changes in assets and liabilities 

-   Decrease in trade and other receivables 

-   Decrease/(Increase) in prepayments 

-   (Increase) in inventories 

-   Decrease in trade & other payables 

-   (decrease) in deferred taxes payable 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

9,986 
1 

9,987 

13,062 
1 

13,063 

(218,109) 

30,871 

ion 

31,689 

17,541 

267 

304 

259,595 

223 

393 

188 

(283) 

222 

1,540 

106 

191 

- 

(72) 

- 

332 

- 

(19) 

(253) 

76,029 

48,697 

(5,376) 

(103) 

(1,756) 

(3,501) 

(721) 

64,572 

(1,303) 

150 

255 

1,662 

261 

49,722 

(c)  Restricted Funds 

The Group’s total cash assets mentioned above include restricted bank accounts as follows: 

(i)   A Rehabilitation fund of US$463,363 (2014: US$359,823) to be used at the end of life of mine for 

environmental rehabilitation. 

(ii)  An  Employee  Retirement  fund  of  US$1,100,879  (2014:  US$1,129,391)  established  to  meet 

employee entitlements on retirement. 

(iii)  The  Company  has  a  Provident  fund  of  US$266,673  (2014:  US$258,020)  that  is  intended  to  be 

used as payment to employees upon retirement, which is unrestricted as to withdrawal. 

Page 104 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

24. 

 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 

(a)    Financial Risk Management Policies 

The  Group’s  financial  instruments  consist  mainly  of  deposits  with  banks,  local  money  market 
instruments, short-term investments, accounts receivable and payable.  

The main purpose of non-derivative financial instruments is to raise finance for Group operations. 

The Group does not speculate in the trading of derivative instruments. 

(i)     Treasury risk management 

Senior  executives  of  the  Group  regularly  analyse  financial  risk  exposure  and  evaluate  treasury 
management strategies in the context of the most recent economic conditions and forecasts. 

The Group’s overall risk management strategy is outlined in the Corporate Governance Statement 
in the Director’s Report. 

(ii)     Financial risk exposures and management 

The  main  risks  the  Group  is  exposed  to  through  its  financial  instruments  are  interest  rate  risk, 
foreign currency risk, liquidity risk, credit risk and price risk.  

Interest rate risk 

Interest  rate  risk  is  managed  by  investing  cash  with  major  financial  institutions  in  both  cash  on 
deposit and term deposit accounts. Interest rates on major deposits that are re-invested, are at a 
fixed rate on a monthly basis. 

Price risk 

The  Group  sells  its  gold  produced  at  spot  rate  and  no  forward  contracts  or  hedging  is  utilised. 
Whilst the Group is cognisant of its exposure to fluctuations in the gold price, the current policy of 
the  Board  is  not  to  hedge  primarily  because  the  Group  produces  gold  in  the  current  economic 
environment at a very low cash cost. The Board’s risk management policy acknowledges that as 
market  factors  are  dynamic  in  nature  all  risk  positions  are  monitored  to  ensure  that  the  Group‘s 
activities  are  consistent  with  the  approach  and  strategy  approved  by  the  Board.  The  Board 
therefore regularly reviews the spot price of gold to consider whether it should adopt any measures 
to mitigate risk. 

Liquidity risk 

The  Group  manages  liquidity  risk  by  monitoring  forecast  cash  flows  and  ensuring  that  adequate 
unutilised borrowing facilities are maintained. 

Credit risk 

Credit risk refers to the risk that counterparty will default on, its contractual obligations resulting in 
financial  loss  to  the  Group.  The  Group  has  adopted  the  policy  of  only  dealing  with  credit  worthy 
counterparties and obtaining sufficient collateral or other security where appropriate, as a means of 
mitigating the risk of financial loss from defaults.  

The  maximum  credit  risk  on  financial  assets  of  the  Group  which  have  been  recognised  in  the 
Statement of Financial Position, other than investment in shares, is generally the carrying amount, 
net of any provisions for impairment. 

There are no other material amounts of collateral held as security.  

The Company holds bullion in an unallocated account (referred to as “Gold awaiting settlement” in 
the Current Receivables of the Statement of Financial Position) with a single reputable refiner. 

The  consolidated  group  does  not  have  any  other  material  credit  risk  exposure  to  any  single 
receivable  or  group  of  receivables  under  financial  instruments  entered  into  by  the  consolidated 
group. 

Foreign currency risk 

Foreign  exchange  risk  arises  from  future  commercial  transactions  and  recognised  assets  and 
liabilities  denominated  in  a  currency  that  is  not  the  entity’s  functional  currency.  The  risk  can  be 
measured  by  performing  a  sensitivity  analysis  that  quantifies  the  impact  of  different  assumed 
exchange rates on the Group’s forecast cash flows.  

Whilst the Group is aware of its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency, the current policy of 
the Board is not to hedge. 

Page 105 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

(b)  Financial instruments 

(i)  Financial instrument composition and maturity analysis: 

The tables below reflect the undiscounted contractual settlement terms for financial instruments of a fixed 
period  of  maturity,  as  well  as  management’s  expectations  of  the  settlement  period  for  all  other  financial 
instruments. As such, the amounts may not reconcile to the Statement of Financial Position. 

Weighted Average 

Effective interest 

Floating Interest 
Rate 

Within 1 Year 

Non-Interest 
Bearing 

Total 

2015 

2014 

2015 

2014 

2015 

2014 

2015 

2014 

2015 

2014 

% 

% 

US$000  US$000  US$000  US$000  US$000  US$000  US$000  US$000 

Consolidated Group 
Financial Assets 

Cash & cash equivalent 

0.32 

0.71 

8,283  12,265 

Loans and receivables 

- 

Financial Liabilities 
Financial liabilities at amortised cost 

Bank Loan - Current 

Bank Loan – Non Current 

Trade & sundry payables 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8,283  12,265 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,704 

5,420 

798 

9,987 

13,063 

3,620 

5,420 

3,620 

7,124 

4,418  15,407 

16,683 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3,822 

2,151 

7,132 

2,202 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3,822 

2,151 

7,132 

2,202 

- 

-  16,282  19,954  16,282 

19,954 

5,973 

9,334  16,282  19,954  22,255 

29,288 

Receivables  are expected to be collected as follows: 

Less than 6 months 

6 months to 1 year 

As at 30 June 2015 and 2014, all receivables were neither past due nor impaired. 

Trade and sundry payables are expected to be paid as follows: 

Less than 6 months 

Consolidated 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

5,420 

- 

5,420 

3,620 

- 

3,620 

16,282 

16,282 

19,891 

19,891 

(ii) 

Net fair values 

The  fair  value  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  non-  interest  bearing  monetary  financial  assets  and 
liabilities  approximates  their  carrying  value.  The  fair  value  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  is 
based upon market prices where a market exists or by discounting the expected future cash flows by the 
current interest rates for assets and liabilities with similar risk profiles. 

(iii) 

Sensitivity analysis 

The  Group  has  performed  sensitivity  analysis  relating  to  its  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk,  foreign 
currency  risk  and  price  risk  at  reporting  date.    This  sensitivity  analysis  demonstrates  the  effect  on  the 
current year results and equity, which could result from a change in these risks. 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis 

At 30 June 2015, the effect on profit and equity as a result of changes in the interest rate, with all other 
variables remaining constant would be as follows: 

Page 106 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

Change in profit before income tax / equity 
-  increase in interest rate by 100 basis points 
-  decrease in interest rate by 100 basis points 

Foreign currency risk sensitivity analysis 

Consolidated 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

87 

(87) 

123 

(123) 

Foreign  exchange  risk  arises  from  future  commercial  transactions  and  recognised  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in a currency that is not the consolidated entity’s functional currency. The consolidated entity 
operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from the United States dollar. No 
programs for hedging foreign exchange risk were implemented by the consolidated entity in the 2014 and 
2015 financial years. 

The  following  table  shows  the  foreign  currency  risk  on  the  financial  assets  and  liabilities  of  the 
Groups operations denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the operations. 

Net Financial Assets/(Liabilities) in US$000 

AUD 

US$ 

PHP 

TOTAL US$ 

Consolidated 
2015 
Functional Currency of Group Entity 
Australian Dollar 
US Dollar  
Philippine Peso 

2014 
Functional Currency of Group Entity 
Australian Dollar 
US Dollar  
Philippine Peso 

n/a 
- 
- 

- 

n/a 
- 
- 

- 

1,114 
- 
2,912 

4,026 

574 
- 
740 

1,314 

- 
273 
- 

273 

- 
707 
- 

707 

1,114 
273 
2,912 

4,299 

574 
707 
740 

2021 

Consolidated 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

(145) 
(401) 

(546) 

145 
401 

546 

(75) 
(19) 

(94) 

75 
19 

94 

Change in profit /(loss) before income tax / equity 
-  strengthening of A$ to US$ by 15% 
-  strengthening of Philippine Peso to US$ by 15% 

-  weakening of A$ to US$ by 15% 
-  weakening of Philippine Peso to by 15% 

Price risk sensitivity analysis 

The  policy  of  the  Company  is  to  sell  gold  at  spot  price  and  has  not  entered  in  hedging  contracts.  The 
Company’s revenues were exposed to fluctuations in the price of gold. If the average selling price of gold 
of US$1,168 (2014: US$1,299)  for the financial year had increased/decreased by 10% the change in the 
profit before income tax for the consolidated group would have been an increase/decrease of US$11.356 
million (2014: US$8.564 million). The above interest rate, foreign exchange rate and price risk sensitivity 
analysis has been performed on the assumption that all other variables remain unchanged. 

Page 107 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

25.  COMMITMENTS 

(a)  Exploration commitments: 

The Company has certain obligations to perform minimum exploration 
work  to  maintain  rights  of  tenure  to  its  exploration  tenements.  These 
obligations  may  vary  from  time  to  time  in  accordance  with  tenements 
held and are expected to be fulfilled in the normal course of operations 
of the Group so as to avoid forfeiture of any tenement.  
These obligations are not provided in the financial report and are payable: 

- 

 no later than 1 year 

-  1 year or later and no later than 5 years 

Total exploration commitments 

(b)  Operating lease expense commitments: 

Non-cancellable  operating  lease  contracted  for  but  not  capitalised  in 
the financial statements. 
The Group leases office premises under two operating leases expiring 
in June 2016 and July 2016. Under the terms of the operating leases, 
the  Group  is  provided  with  a  right  of  renewal  and  the  lessor  has  the 
right  to  increments  in  lease  payments  on  an  annual  basis  based  on 
movements in the Consumer Price Index.  
These obligations are not provided in the financial report and are payable: 

-  no later than 1 year 

-  1 year or later and no later than 5 years 

     Total operating lease expense commitments 

(c)  Other contractual commitments: 

(i)  On  26  March  2008,  Philsaga  was  granted  Mineral  Production 
Sharing Agreement (“MPSA”) number 262-2008-XIII over the Co-
O mine. Under the terms of the Agreement Philsaga is committed 
to mine related expenditure in the Philippines as follows: 

These commitments are not provided in the financial report and are payable: 

-  no later than 1 year 

-  1 year or later and no later than 5 years 

Total other commitments 

(ii)  On  24  November  2009  Philsaga  was  granted  Mineral  Production 
Sharing Agreement (“MPSA”) number 299-2009-XIII over the Co-
O mine. Under the terms of the Agreement Philsaga is committed 
to mine related expenditure in the Philippines as follows: 

These commitments are not provided in the financial report and are payable: 

-  no later than 1 year 

-  1 year or later and no later than 5 years 

         Total other commitments 

Consolidated 

2015 

2014 

US$000 

US$000 

3,140 

3,129 

6,269 

3,171 

3,158 

6,329 

85 

3 

88 

62 

249 

311 

51 

259 

310 

9 

- 

9 

45 

460 

505 

44 

454 

498 

Page 108 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

26.  EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO REPORTING DATE 

There has not arisen in the interval between the end of the financial year and the date of this report any item, 
transaction  or  event  of  a  material  and/or  unusual  nature  likely,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Directors  of  the 
Company, to affect significantly the operations of the Group, the results  of those operations, or the state of 
affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years. 

27. 

 SEGMENT INFORMATION 

The  Consolidated  Group  has  identified  its  reportable  operating  segments  based  on  the  internal  management 
reports  that  are  reviewed  and  used  by  the  Managing  Director  (the  chief  operating  decision  maker)  and  his 
management team in assessing performance and in determining the allocation of resources. 

The Group segments are structured as Mine, Exploration and Other. Currently the only operational mine is the Co-
O mine. Other incorporates the Parent Entity’s activities 

Segment Result, Segment Assets and Segment Liabilities 

The measurement of segment results is in line with the basis of information presented to management for internal 
management reporting purposes.  

Segment Result is based on the net of revenues and expenditure corresponding to the specific segment.  

Segment Revenues represent gold and silver sales at spot prices. 

Segments Assets are allocated to segments based on their nature and physical location. 

Segment Liabilities are allocated to segments where there is a direct nexus between the incurrence of the liability 
and the operations of the segment. Segment Liabilities include trade and other payables. 

The following items of revenue, expenses, assets and liabilities are not allocated to operating segments, as they 
are not considered part of the core operations of any segment: 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

 income tax expense; 
gain on disposal of assets; 
deferred tax assets and  liabilities; 
interest revenue; 
intercompany receivables and payables. 

Page 109 of 121 

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

12 months to June 2015: 

Segment revenue 

Reconciliation of segment revenue to Group revenue 
add: 
Interest income 
Other 

Group Revenue 

Segment result 

Reconciliation of segment result to group result: 
add back: 
Gain on disposal of asset 
Other revenue 
Interest revenue 
less:  
Income tax expense 

Group profit 

Segment assets 

Reconciliation of segment asset to group assets: 
plus: Deferred tax assets 

Total Group assets 

Segment liabilities 

Mining 

US$000 

Exploration 

Other 

US$000 

US$000 

Total 

US$000 

123,093 

- 

- 

123,093 

79 
32 

123,204 

(208,421) 

(4,426) 

(4,688) 

(217,535) 

- 
32 
79 

685 

(218,109) 

209,591 

1,047 

2,426 

213,064 

- 
3,755 

216,819 

Reconciliation of segment liabilities to group liabilities 

23,462 

12 

1,047 

24,521 

plus: Deferred liabilities 

Total Group liabilities 

12 months to June 2014: 

Segment revenue 

Reconciliation of segment revenue to Group revenue 
add: 
Interest income 
Other 

Group Revenue 

Segment result 

Reconciliation of segment result to group result: 
add back: 
Gain on disposal of asset 
Other revenue 
Interest revenue 
less:  
Income tax expense 

Group profit 

Segment assets 

Reconciliation of segment asset to group assets: 

plus: Deferred tax assets 

Total Group assets 

Segment liabilities 

Reconciliation of segment liabilities to group liabilities 

plus: Deferred liabilities 

Total Group liabilities 

290 

24,811 

83,882 

- 

- 

83,882 

160 
154 

84,196 

35,508 

(20) 

(4,739) 

30,749 

19 
154 
160 

211 

30,871 

434,822 

3,836 

3,829 

442,487 

29,373 

5 

2,004 

31,382 

2,983 

445,470 

1,782 

33,164 

Page 110 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

 Revenue and non-current assets by geographical region 

Australia 
US$000 

Philippines 
US$000 

Total 
US$000 

12 months to June 2015: 

Segment Revenue 

Non-Current Assets 

12 months to June 2014: 

Segment Revenue 

Non-Current Assets 

- 

123,093 

31,906 

128,134 

123,093 

160,040 

- 

83,882 

83,882 

41,946 

356,852 

398,798 

In  accordance  with  AASB  8  disclosure  requirements  Non-Current  Assets  shown  in  geographical  information 
include tangible and intangible assets but exclude financial instruments, deferred tax assets, post-employment 
benefit assets and rights arising under insurance contracts. 

The Group sells its gold on the open market. Selection of a customer is at the Group’s discretion and there is 
no commitment to exclusive sales to a particular customer. During the financial year ended 30 June 2015, all of 
the Group's revenues depended on a single customer (2014:100%). 

28. 

 PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION 

Parent Entity: 

Current Assets 

Total Assets 

Current Liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

Net Assets 

Issued Capital 

Option Premium Reserve 

Foreign Exchange Reserve 

Accumulated Losses 

Dividends paid 

Total Equity 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Total Comprehensive Income/(loss) 

2015 
US$000 

2014 
US$000 

2,247 

34,248 

1,047 

1,047 

3,636 

45,707 

2,004 

2,004 

33,201 

43,703 

102,902 

102,902 

304 

11,894 

(39,630) 

(42,269) 

4,638 

14,596 

(36,164) 

(42,269) 

33,201 

43,703 

(3,466) 

(6,168) 

(4,704) 

(4,073) 

Page 111 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

29. 

 NEW STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS NOT YET ADOPTED 

The  following  standards,  amendments  to  standards  and  interpretations  have  been  identified  as  those  which 
may impact the entity in the period of initial application. They are available for early adoption at 30 June 2014, 
but have not been applied in preparing this financial report. 

The  AASB  has  issued  a  number  of  new  and  amended  Accounting  Standards  and  Interpretations  that  have 
mandatory application dates for future reporting period, some of which are relevant to the Group. The Group 
has decided not to early adopt any of the new and amended pronouncements. The Group’s assessment of the 
new and amended pronouncements that are relevant to the Group but applicable in future reporting periods is 
set out below: 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments  

AASB 9 introduces new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities. 
These requirements improve and simplify the approach for classification and measurement of financial assets 
compared with the requirements of AASB 139. 

Effective date (annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018). 

The entity has not yet assessed the full impact of AASB 9 as this standard does not apply mandatorily before 
1 January 2018 and the IASB is yet to finalise the remaining phases of its project to replace IAS 39 Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (AASB 139 in Australia). 

AASB 2012-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Offsetting Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities 

AASB 2012-3 adds application guidance to AASB 132 to address inconsistencies identified in applying some 
of the offsetting criteria of AASB 132, including clarifying the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable 
right of set-off” and that some gross settlement systems may be considered equivalent to net settlement. 

Effective date (annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014). 

 

When AASB 2012-3 is first adopted for the year ending 30 June 2015, there will be no impact on the 
entity as this standard merely clarifies existing requirements in AASB 132. 

AASB 2013-3 Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets  

These  narrow-scope  amendments  address  disclosure  of  information  about  the  recoverable  amount  of 
impaired assets if that amount is based on fair value less costs of disposal. When developing IFRS 13 Fair 
Value  Measurement,  the  IASB  decided  to  amend  IAS 36  Impairment  of  Assets  to  require  disclosures  about 
the recoverable amount of impaired assets. The IASB noticed however that some of the amendments made in 
introducing those requirements resulted in the requirement being more broadly applicable than the IASB had 
intended. These amendments to IAS 36 therefore clarify the IASB’s original intention that the scope of those 
disclosures  is  limited to  the  recoverable amount of  impaired  assets  that  is  based  on  fair  value  less  costs  of 
disposal. AASB 2013-3 makes the equivalent amendments to AASB 136 Impairment of Assets. 

Effective date (annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014). 

When these amendments are first adopted for the year ending 30 June 2015, they are unlikely to have any 
significant impact on the entity given that they are largely of the nature of clarification of existing requirements. 

            AASB  2014-1  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  (Part  A:  Annual  Improvements      

2010–2012 and 2011–2013 Cycles) 

Part  A  of  AASB  2014-1  makes  amendments  to  various  Australian  Accounting  Standards  arising  from  the 
issuance  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (IASB)  of  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010-2012 Cycle and Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011-2013 
Cycle. 

Among other improvements, the amendments arising from Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010-2012 Cycle: 

clarify  that  the  definition  of  a  ‘related  party’  includes  a  management  entity  that  provides  key  management 
personnel services to the reporting entity (either directly or through a group entity); and 

amend AASB 8 Operating Segments to explicitly require the disclosure of judgements made by management 
in applying the aggregation criteria. 

Among other improvements, the amendments arising from Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011-2013 Cycle 
clarify that an entity should assess whether an acquired property is an investment property under AASB 140 
Investment Property and perform a separate assessment under AASB 3 Business Combinations to determine 
whether the acquisition of the investment property constitutes a business combination. 

When these amendments are first adopted for the year ending 30 June 2015, there will be no material   impact 
on the entity. 

Page 112 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

AASB  2014-1  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  (Part  B:  Defined  Benefit  Plans: 
Employee Contributions (Amendments to AASB 119)) 

Part  B  of  AASB  2014-1  makes  amendments  to  AASB  119  Employee  Benefits  to  incorporate  the  IASB’s 
practical expedient amendments finalised in International Financial Reporting Standard Defined Benefit Plans: 
Employee  Contributions  (Amendments  to  IAS  19)  in  relation  to  the  requirements  for  contributions  from 
employees or third parties that are linked to service. 

The  amendments  clarify  that  if  the  amount  of  the  contributions  is  independent  of  the  number  of  years  of 
service, an entity is permitted to recognise such contributions as a reduction in the service cost in the period in 
which  the  related  service  is  rendered,  instead  of  attributing  the  contributions  to  the  periods  of  service.  In 
contrast,  if  the  amount  of  the  contributions  is  dependent  on  the  number  of  years  of  service,  an  entity  is 
required  to attribute  those  contributions  to periods of  service  using the same  attribution method  required  by 
paragraph 70 of AASB 119 for the gross benefit. 

Effective date (annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014). 

When these amendments are first adopted for the year ending 30 June 2015, there will be no material impact 
on the entity. 

AASB 2014-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards (Part E: Financial Instruments) 

Part E of AASB 2014-1 makes amendments to Australian Accounting Standards to reflect the AASB’s decision 
to defer the mandatory application date of AASB 9 Financial Instruments to annual reporting periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2018. Part E also makes amendments to numerous Australian Accounting Standards as 
a  consequence  of  the  introduction  of  Chapter  6  Hedge  Accounting  into  AASB  9  and  to  amend  reduced 
disclosure  requirements  for  AASB  7  Financial  Instruments:  Disclosures  and  AASB  101  Presentation  of 
Financial Statements. 

Effective date (annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2015). 
  The entity has not yet assessed the full impact of these amendments. 

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

IFRS 15: 
replaces IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and some revenue-related Interpretations 

 
  establishes a new control-based revenue recognition model 
  changes the basis for deciding whether revenue is to be recognised over time or at a point in time 
  provides new and more detailed guidance on specific topics (e.g., multiple element arrangements, variable 

pricing, rights of return, warranties and licensing) 
  expands and improves disclosures about revenue 

In  the  Australian  context,  the  Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board  (AASB)  is  expected  to  issue  the 
equivalent  Australian  Standard  (AASB  15  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers),  along  with  a  new 
Exposure Draft (ED) on income from transactions of Not-for-Profit (NFP) entities by September 2014. 

Effective date (annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2017). 

This  standard  is  first  adopted  for  the  year  ending  30  June  2018,  the  Company  has  not  yet  assessed  the 
impact of the transactions and balances to be recognised in the financial statements. 

Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation (Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 
38) 

The amendments to IAS 16 prohibit the use of a revenue-based depreciation method for property, plant and 
equipment.  Additionally,  the  amendments  provide  guidance  in  the  application  of  the  diminishing  balance 
method for property, plant and equipment. 

The amendments to IAS 38 present a rebuttable presumption that a revenue-based amortisation method for 
intangible  assets  is  inappropriate.  This  rebuttable  presumption  can  be  overcome  (i.e.  a  revenue-based 
amortisation method might be appropriate) only in two limited circumstances: 

 

the  intangible  asset  is  expressed  as  a  measure  of  revenue,  for  example  when  the  predominant  limiting 
factor inherent in an intangible asset is the achievement of a revenue threshold (for instance, the right to 
operate a toll road could be based on a fixed total amount of revenue to be generated from cumulative tolls 
charged); or 

  when it can be demonstrated that revenue and the consumption of the economic benefits of the intangible 

asset are highly correlated. 

The  Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board  (AASB)  is  expected  to  issue  the  equivalent  Australian 
amendment shortly. 

Effective date (annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016). 

Page 113 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

When these amendments are first adopted for the year ending 30 June 2017, there will be no material impact 
on the transactions and balances recognised in the financial statements. 

Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations (Amendments to IFRS 11) 

The amendments to IFRS 11 state that an acquirer of an interest in a joint operation in which the activity of the 
joint operation constitutes a ‘business’, as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations, should: 

  apply  all  of  the  principles  on  business  combinations  accounting  in  IFRS  3  and  other  IFRSs  except 
principles  that  conflict  with  the  guidance  of  IFRS  11.  This  requirement  also  applies  to  the  acquisition  of 
additional interests in an existing joint operation that results in the acquirer retaining joint control of the joint 
operation (note that this requirement applies to the additional interest only, i.e. the existing interest is not 
remeasured) and to the formation of a joint operation when an existing business is contributed to the  joint 
operation by one of the parties that participate in the joint operation; and 

  provide disclosures for business combinations as required by IFRS 3 and other IFRSs. 

The  Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board  (AASB)  is  expected  to  issue  the  equivalent  Australian 
amendment shortly. 

Effective date (annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016). 

When these amendments are first adopted for the year ending 30 June 2017, there will be no material impact 
on the transactions and balances recognised in the financial statements. 

  The  entity  has  not  yet  assessed  the  full  impact  of  AASB  9  as  this  standard  does  not  apply  mandatorily 

before 1 January 2018. 

30.  FRANKING ACCOUNT 

The Company has no franking credits available. 

31.  COMPANY DETAILS 

The registered office and principal place of business of the Company is: 

Suite 7 
11 Preston Street 
Como  
Western Australia 6152 

Page 114 of 121 

 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR’S DECLARATION 
for the year ended 30 June 2015 

1. 

In the opinion of the Directors of Medusa Mining Limited (the “Company”): 

(a) 

the financial statements and notes set out on pages 26 to 59 and the remuneration disclosures 
that are contained in pages 7 to 18 of the Remuneration Report in the Directors’ Report,  are in 
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2015 and of its 

performance, for the financial year ended on that date;  and 

(ii)  complying  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards  (including  the  Australian  Accounting 

Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and 

(iii)  complying with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 1. 

(b) 

(c) 

the remuneration disclosures that are contained in pages 7 to 18  of the Remuneration Report 
in the Directors’ Report comply  with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 124 Related Party 
Disclosures  and 

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and 
when they become due and payable. 

2. 

The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 
from the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer for the financial year ended 30 June 2015. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors 

__________________________ 
Andrew Teo 
Chairman 

Dated at Perth this 27 day of August 2015     

Page 115 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDITORS INDEPENDENT REPORT 

Level 1 
10 Kings Park Road 
West Perth WA 600 
Correspondence to: PO Box 570 
West Perth WA 6872 
T +61 8 9480 2000 
F +61 8 9322 7787 
E info.wa@au.gt.com 
W www.grantthornton.com.au 

Independent Auditor’s Report 
To the Members of Medusa Mining Limited 

Report on the financial report 
We have audited the accompanying financial report of Medusa Mining Limited (the 
“Company”), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 
2015, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, 
consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows 
for the year then ended, notes comprising a summary of significant accounting policies 
and other explanatory information and the directors’ declaration of the consolidated 
entity 
comprising the Company and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time 
during the financial year. 

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report 
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report 
that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and 
the Corporations Act 2001. The Directors’ responsibility also includes such internal 
control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial 
report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error. The Directors also state, in the notes to the financial report, in 
accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, 
the financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards. 

Auditor’s responsibility 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. 
We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those 
standards require us to comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit 
engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether 
the financial report is free from material misstatement. 

Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd ACN 130 913 594 
a subsidiary or related entity of Grant Thornton Australia Ltd ABN 41 127 556 389 

Page 116 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDITORS INDEPENDENT REPORT 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s 
judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial 
report, whether due to fraud or error. 

In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the 
Company’s preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in order to 
design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of 
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. An audit also 
includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness 
of accounting estimates made by the Directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation 
of the financial report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our audit opinion. 

Independence 
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

Auditor’s opinion 
In our opinion: 

a        the financial report of Medusa Mining Limited is in accordance with the Corporations 

Act 2001, including: 

i      giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 

June 2015 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and 

ii     complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations 

Regulations 2001; and 

b        the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. 

Report on the remuneration report 
We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 10 to 18 of the directors’ report for 
the year ended 30 June 2015. The Directors of the Company are responsible for the 
preparation and presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of 
the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration 
report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Page 117 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDITORS INDEPENDENT REPORT 

Auditor’s opinion on the remuneration report 
In our opinion, the remuneration report of Medusa Mining Limited for the year ended 30 
June 2015, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

GRANT THORNTON AUDIT PTY LTD 
Chartered Accountants 

J W Vibert 
Registered Company Auditor 

Perth, 27 August 2015 

Page 118 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORAMTION 

The shareholder information set out below was applicable as at 18 September 2015. 

1. 

Shareholding 

(a) 

Distribution of shareholders and shares 

 Distribution 

1 
1,001 
5,001 
10,001 
100,001 

-  1,000 
-   5,000 
-  10,000 
-  100,000 
 - 1,000,000 

1,000,000   and over 

   Total 

Number of 
Shareholders 

Number of      

Shares 

1,669 
1,992 
718  
951 
90  

15  

5,435 

851,985 
5,478,917 
5,570,866 
28,535,598 
24,117,903 

143,239,032 

207,794,301   

The number of shareholdings held in less than marketable parcels is 1933. 

(b) 

Voting rights 

The voting rights attaching to ordinary shares are, on a show of hands, every member present in 
person or by proxy shall have one vote and upon a poll, each share shall have a vote. 

(c) 

Twenty largest shareholders 

Total number of ordinary shares on issue – 207,794,301 

                  Name of shareholders 

        Number of    

         shares held 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED-GSCO ECA 

ZERO NOMINEES PTY LTD 

AMALGAMATED DAIRIES LIMITED 

CAZNA (OXFORD 1) LIMITED + CAZNA (OXFORD 2) LIMITED  

BERNE NO 132 NOMINEES PTY LTD <594138 A/C> 

10  CEDARDALE HOLDINGS PTY LTD  

11  BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD  

12  MR SAMUEL GONZALES AFDAL 

13  ABN AMRO CLEARING SYDNEY NOMINEES PTY LTD  

14  MR GIOVANNI SANTALUCIA 

15  WARBONT NOMINEES PTY LTD  

16  MR GIOVANNI SANTALUCIA 

17 

MR BRIAN JOHN GREENFIELD + MRS VIRGINIA ELIZABETH GREENFIELD  

18  HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED - A/C 3 

19  MR ROY PHILIP DANIEL + MRS DONNA MARY DANIEL  

20  WARBONT NOMINEES PTY LTD  

36,842,024 

25,617,798 

25,243,848 

18,729,613 

7,914,988 

7,630,000 

3,296,881 

3,141,925 

2,591,880 

2,546,955 

2,312,166 

2,260,000 

1,894,242 

1,880,000 

1,336,712 

950,000 

932,732 

891,669 

815,875 

761,327 

(%) 

17.73 

12.33 

12.15 

9.01 

3.81 

3.67 

1.59 

1.51 

1.25 

1.23 

1.11 

1.09 

0.91 

0.90 

0.64 

0.46 

0.45 

0.43 

0.39 

0.37 

  Total: Top 20 holders of ORDINARY FULLY PAID SHARES 

  Total:   Remaining Holders Balance 

    147,590,635         71.03 

      60,203,666         28.97 

Page 119 of 121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
              
 
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORAMTION 

(d)  On market buy back 

There is no current on-market buy back. 

(e) 

Substantial shareholders 

An extract of the Company’s register of substantial shareholders is set out below: 

Name 

Ordinary shares held 

Number of shares 

Percentage 

Van Eck Associates 

13,440,522 

Paradice Investment Management Pty Ltd 

11,234,219 

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP 

10,401,492 

6.47% 

5.40% 

5.00% 

2. 

UNQUOTED EQUITY SECURITIES AND RESTRICTED SECURITIES 

The following classes of unquoted equity securities and restricted securities are on issue: 

Type of securities 

Number of securities 

% held 

 3,200,000  unquoted  options  to  subscribe  for  ordinary 
shares  exercisable  at  $1.00  per  share,  with  an  expiry 
date of 16 December 2018 
Persons holding 20% or more; 

 1,000,000  unquoted  options  to  subscribe  for  ordinary 
shares  exercisable  at  $1.00  per  share,  with  an  expiry 
date of 9 February 2019 
Persons holding 20% or more; 

Raul Conde Villanueva 

Gary Raymond Powell 

-  

-  

- 

500,000 

500,000 

-   

50% 

50% 

3. 

The name of the Company Secretary is: 

Mr Peter Alphonso  

4. 

The Principal Registered Office of the Company is: 

 Suite 7,  
 11 Preston Street 
 Como, WA  6152 

 Telephone: (08) 9367 0601 
 Facsimile:  (08) 9367 0602 
 Email: 

admin@medusamining.com.au 

5. 

The Register of the Company’s securities is held at the following address: 

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited 
Level 11 
172 St George’s Terrace 
Perth, WA 6000 
Australia 

Telephone: +618 9323 2000 
Facsimile: 
Investor enquiries: 1300 557 010 

  +618 9323 2033 

6. 

Stock Exchange Listings 

Quotation has been granted for all the ordinary shares of the Company on: 

 

Australian Stock Exchange Limited (ASX) 
(Home Exchange) 

Page 120 of 121 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
TENEMENT SCHEDULE 

Tenement Schedule 

Name  

Tenement ID  

Registered 

Company’s Interest 1 at  Royalty 2 

Area (hectares) at 

Holder 

30-Jun-
14 

30-Jul-15 

30-Jun-14 

30-Jul-15 

Co-O Mine 

Co-O 
Regional 

Saugon 

Tambis 
Das-Agan 
Apical 
Corplex 

Tagbina 

Sinug-ang 

Coal 
Project 

NOTES: 

BMMRC 
Afdal 
Phsamed 
Philcord 
Philcord 
PMC 
PMC 
PMC 
PMC 
Afdal 
Phsamed 
PMC 

MPSA 262-2008-XIII  PMC 
MPSA 299-2009-XIII  PMC 
APSA 00012-XIII 
APSA 00087-XIII 
APSA 00088-XIII 3 
APSA 00098-XIII 3 
APSA 00099-XIII 3 
EP 017-XIII 
EP 031-XIII 3 
EP 032-XIII 
EPA 00066-XIII 
EPA 00067-XIII 
EPA 00069-XIII 3 
EPA 00087-XIII 3 
MPSA 344-2010-XIII  Philex 
MPSA 343-2010-XIII  Das-agan 
APSA 00028-XIII 3 
Apmedoro 
Corplex 
APSA 00054-XIII 
Corplex 
APSA 00056-XIII 
Corplex 
APSA 00077-XIII 
EPA 00186-XIII 3 
Corplex 
Sursur 
EPA 00176-XIII 
Sursur 
EPA 00180-XIII 
Sursur 
EPA 00181-XIII 
Salcedo / PMC 
EPA 00114-XIII 

100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

100% 
100% 
100% 
- 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
- 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
Earning 70% (JV) 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
- 
- 
- 
100% 

100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

SUB-TOTAL 

COC Area 6 
COC Area 7 

TOTAL 

Philsaga 
Philsaga 

- 
- 

100% 
100% 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1% NPI 
1% NPI 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
7% NSR 
3% GSR  
- 
3% NSR 
- 
4% GSR 
3% NSR 

- 

- 
- 

2,539 
2,200 
340 
846 
7,304 
1,184 
677 
3,132 
3,979 
3,048 
6,769 
1,693 
7,790 
764 
6,208 
3,810 
2,084 
2,118 
162 
810 
7,111 
3,823 
5,948 
6,118 
190 

2,539 
2,200 
340 
- 
4,742 
507 
592 
3,132 
2,456 
3,048 
6,769 
- 
2,540 
84 
6,208 
3,810 
1,235 
2,118 
162 
810 
7,111 
- 
- 
- 
190 

           806 

           506 

- 
- 

4,000 
5,000 

          806 

           596 

1. 
2. 

3. 

There have been material changes to the Company’s interest since 30 June 2015, as reflected in the above table. 

Royalties payable to registered holders, aside from the prescribed royalties payable to the Philippine government and  
Indigenous People. 

the 

Awaiting for approval and confirmation by MGB of area reduction. 

ABBREVIATIONS: 

Tenement Types 

MPSA 

Mineral Production Sharing Agreement 

EP 

Exploration Permit 

Registered Holders 

Application 

for  Mineral  Production  Sharing 

APSA 

EPA 

Agreement 

Application for Exploration Permit 

PMC 

Philsaga Mining Corporation 

Afdal 

Samuel Afdal 

BMMRC 

Base Metals Mineral & Resources Corporation 

Das-Agan 

Das-Agan Mining Corporation 

Phsamed  Phsamed Mining Corporation 

Apmedoro 

APMEDORO Mining Corporation  

Philcord 

Mindanao Philcord Mining Corporation 

Salcedo  

Neptali P. Salcedo  

Philex 

Philex Gold Philippines Incorporated 

Sursur 

Sursur Mining Corporation 

Corplex 

Corplex Resources Incorporated 

Royalty 

NPI 

NSR 

Net Profit Interest 

Net Smelter Royalty 

GSR 

Gross Smelter Royalty 

Page 121 of 121